0>
>
>
>131-12-02
31-12-02
31-12-02
31-12-02ओम
ōm
ōm
Omशान्ति
śhānti
śhānti
peaceअव्यक्त
avyakt
avyakt[adj.]
avyaktबापदादामधुबन
bāpadādāmadhuban
x
x
0> > 31-12-2002 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban
2
इस
is
yah[pn.sg.o.]
thisनये
nayē
nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
newवर्ष
varṣh
varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
yearमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inसर्व
sarv
sarv[adj.]
allखज़ाने
khazānē
khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
treasureसफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulकर
kar
karnā[root]
do[root]सफलतामूर्त
saphaltāmūrt
saphaltāmūrt[n.f.;sg.]
embodiment of successबनने
bannē
bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
become[inf.m.pl.,o.]की
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)विशेषता
viśhēṣhtā
viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.]
specialityदिखाओ
dikhāō
dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
1In this New Year, use all your treasures in a worthwhile way and show the speciality of becoming an image of success.
3आज
āj
āj
todayनव
nav
nav[adj.]
newयुग
yug
yug[x]
ageरचता
rachtā
rachtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|rachnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]
(creator|x[pres-part.m.sg.d.]),
,
,
, नव
nav
nav[adj.]
newजीवन
jīvan
jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.]
lifeदाता
dātā
dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
bestowerबापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaनव वर्ष
nav varṣh
nav varṣh[x]
New Yearमनाने
manānē
manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.]आये हैं
āyē haĩ
ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]
come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3].
.
.
.
2Today, BapDada, the Creator of the New Age, the Bestower of New Life, has come to celebrate the New Year.
4आप
āp
āp[pn.pl.]
youसभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooनव वर्ष
nav varṣh
nav varṣh[x]
New Yearमनाने
manānē
manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.]आये हो
āyē hō
ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2]
come[pres-perf.pl.m.2]वा
vā
vā
orनव
nav
nav[adj.]
newयुग
yug
yug[x]
ageमनाने
manānē
manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.]के लिए
kē liē
kē liē[x]
forआये हो
āyē hō
ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2]
come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ?
?
?
?
3Have all of you also come to celebrate the New Year or have you come to celebrate the New Age?
5नव वर्ष
nav varṣh
nav varṣh[x]
New Yearतो
tō
tō
thenसभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allमनाते हैं
manātē haĩ
manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3]लेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butआप
āp
āp[pn.pl.]
youसभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allनव
nav
nav[adj.]
newजीवन
jīvan
jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.]
life,
,
,
, नव
nav
nav[adj.]
newयुग
yug
yug[x]
ageऔर
aur
aur
andनव वर्ष
nav varṣh
nav varṣh[x]
New Yearतीनों
tīnō̃
tīnō̃[adj.]
all threeही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyमना रहे हो
manā rahē hō
manānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2]
celebrate[pres.pl.m.prog.2].
.
.
.
4Everyone celebrates the New Year, but all of you are celebrating all three - the New Life, the New Age and the New Year.
6बापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooत्रिमूर्ति
trimūrti
trimūrti[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Trimurtiमुबारक
mubārak
mubārak[n.f.;sg.]
congratulationsदे रहे हैं
dē rahē haĩ
dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]
give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3].
.
.
.
5BapDada is giving trimurti congratulations.
7नव वर्ष
nav varṣh
nav varṣh[x]
New Yearकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)एक
ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneदो
dō
dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
(two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])को
kō
kō[postp.]
toमुबारक
mubārak
mubārak[n.f.;sg.]
congratulationsदेते हैं
dētē haĩ
dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
give[pres.pl.m.12hon3]और
aur
aur
andसाथ
sāth
sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.]
withमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inकोई न कोई
kōī na kōī
kōī na kōī[x]
one .. or anotherगिफ्ट
gift
gift
giftभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooदेते हैं
dētē haĩ
dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
give[pres.pl.m.12hon3].
.
.
.
6People give one another greetings for the New Year, and they also given one or gift or another.
8गिफ्ट
gift
gift
giftदेते हो
dētē hō
dēnā[pres.pl.m.2]
give[pres.pl.m.2]ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
!
7They do give gifts, do they not?
9लेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butबापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaने
nē
nē[postp.]
∅आप
āp
āp[pn.pl.]
youसबको
sabkō
sabkō
everythingकौन
kaun
kaun[pn.;d.]
whoसी
see|sī|C
see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C
(see|x)गिफ्ट
gift
gift
giftदी है
dī hai
dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23]
give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
?
?
?
8However, what gift has BapDada given all of you?
10गोल्डन
golden
golden
goldenदुनिया
duniyā
duniyā[n.f.;sg.]
worldकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)गिफ्ट
gift
gift
giftदी है
dī hai
dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23]
give[pres-perf.sg.f.23].
.
.
.
9He has given you the gift of the golden world.
11सभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allको
kō
kō[postp.]
toगोल्डन
golden
golden
goldenदुनिया
duniyā
duniyā[n.f.;sg.]
worldकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)गिफ्ट
gift
gift
giftमिल गई है
mil gaī hai
milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā]
receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā]ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
!
10All of you have received the gift of the golden world, have you not?
12जिस
jis
jō[pn.sg.o.]
thatगोल्डन
golden
golden
goldenदुनिया
duniyā
duniyā[n.f.;sg.]
worldमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
in,
,
,
, नव
nav
nav[adj.]
newयुग
yug
yug[x]
ageमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inसर्व
sarv
sarv[adj.]
allप्राप्तियां
prāptiyā̃
prāpti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.]
attainmentहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3].
.
.
.
11It is the golden world, the new age, in which there are all attainments.
13याद
yād
yād[n.f.;sg.]
remembranceहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]अपना
apnā
apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
(adopt[root]|one’s own)राज्य
rājya
rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.]
kingdom ?
?
?
?
12Do you remember your kingdom?
14कोई
kōī
kōī[pn.;d.]
someअप्राप्ति
aprāpti
aprāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
lack of attainmentका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofनाम-निशान
nām-niśhān
nām niśhān[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
13There is no name or trace of lack of any attainment.
15ऐसी
aisī
aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]
suchगिफ्ट
gift
gift
giftसिवाए
sivāē
sivāē
exceptबापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)और कोई
aur kōī
aur kōī[x]
someone elseदे
dē
dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23]
(give[root]|give[opt.sg.23])नहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notसकता
saktā
saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]
can[pres-part.m.sg.d.].
.
.
.
14No one apart from BapDada can give such a gift.
16सारे
sārē
sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
the wholeविश्व
viśhva
viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.]
worldमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inअगर
agar
agar
ifकोई
kōī
kōī[pn.;d.]
someबड़े
baṛē
baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
veryते
tē
sē
fromबड़ी
baṛī
baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]
veryसौगात
saugāt
saugāt[n.f.;sg.]
giftदेंगे
dēgē
dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
give[fut.m.pl.12hon3]भी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooतो
tō
tō
thenक्या
kyā
kyā
whatदेंगे
dēgē
dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
15In the whole world, even if someone gives you the greatest gift of all, what could they give you?
17बड़े
baṛē
baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
veryते
tē
sē
fromबड़ा
baṛā
baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
veryताज
tāj
tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.]
crownवा
vā
vā
orतख्त
takht
takht[n.m.;sg.,d.]
throneदे देंगे
dē dēgē
dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā]
give[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā].
.
.
.
16They could give you the biggest crown or throne.
18जब
jab
jab
whenस्थापना
sthāpanā
sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.]
establishmentहुई थी
huī thī
hōnā[past-perf.f.]
be[past-perf.f.],
,
,
, (
(
(
(आगे-आगे
āgē-āgē
āgē
previouslyबैठे हैं
baiṭhē haĩ
baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]
sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]स्थापना
sthāpanā
sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.]
establishmentवाले
vālē
vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
those who)
)
)
) तब
tab
tab
for only thenआदि
ādi
ādi[adj.]
etc.में
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyब्रह्मा
brahmā
brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Brahmaबाप
bāp
bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
fatherबच्चों
bachchō̃
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.]
childसे
sē
sē[postp.]
fromपूछते थे
pūchhtē thē
pūchhnā[hab-past.pl.m.]
ask[hab-past.pl.m.]कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatअगर
agar
agar
ifआपको
āpkō
āp[pn.pl.kō]
you[.kō]आजकल की
ājkal kī
ājkal karnā[past-part.f.]
x[past-part.f.]कोई भी
kōī bhī
kōī bhī[x]
anyoneरानी
rānī
rāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
queenताज
tāj
tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.]
crownऔर
aur
aur
andतख्त
takht
takht[n.m.;sg.,d.]
throneदेवे
dēvē
dēnā[opt.sg.23]
give[opt.sg.23]तो
tō
tō
thenआप
āp
āp[pn.pl.]
youजायेंगे
jāyēṅgē
jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
17When establishment was taking place (all those from the beginning of establishment are sitting at the front), even then, Father Brahma used to ask the children: If the Queen of today were to give you the crown and throne, would you go there?
19याद
yād
yād[n.f.;sg.]
remembranceहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
!
18Do you remember that?
20तो
tō
tō
thenबच्चे
bachchē
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
childकहते थे
kahtē thē
kahnā[hab-past.pl.m.]
say[hab-past.pl.m.]इस
is
yah[pn.sg.o.]
thisताज
tāj
tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.]
crownऔर
aur
aur
andतख्त
takht
takht[n.m.;sg.,d.]
throneको
kō
kō[postp.]
toक्या
kyā
kyā
whatकरेंगे
karē̃gē
karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
do[fut.m.pl.12hon3],
,
,
, जब
jab
jab
whenबाप
bāp
bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
fatherमिल गया
mil gayā
milnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]
receive[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]तो
tō
tō
thenयह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisक्या
kyā
kyā
what !
!
!
!
19Children used to reply: What would we do with that crown and throne when we have found the Father?
21तो
tō
tō
thenइस
is
yah[pn.sg.o.]
thisगोल्डन
golden
golden
goldenवर्ल्ड
world
world
worldकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)गिफ्ट
gift
gift
giftके आगे
kē āgē
kē āgē[x]
in front ofकोई भी
kōī bhī
kōī bhī[x]
anyoneगिफ्ट
gift
gift
giftबड़ी
baṛī
baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]
veryनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])सकती
saktī
saknā[pres-part.f.]
can[pres-part.f.].
.
.
.
20What is that compared to this? 21No gift can be greater than this gift of the golden world.
22कई
kaī
kaī
someबच्चे
bachchē
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
childपूछते हैं
pūchhtē haĩ
pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3]वहाँ
vahā̃
vahā̃
thereक्या-क्या
kyā-kyā
kyā
whatप्राप्ति
prāpti
prāpti[n.f.;sg.]
attainmentहोगी
hōgī
hōnā[fut.f.sg.23]
be[fut.f.sg.23] ?
?
?
?
22Many children ask: What attainments will there be there?
23तो
tō
tō
thenबापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaकहते हैं
kahtē haĩ
kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]प्राप्तियों
prāptiyō̃
prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.]
attainmentकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)लिस्ट
list
list
listतो
tō
tō
thenलम्बी
lambī
lambā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]
xहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butसार
sār
sār[n.m.;sg.,d.]
essenceरूप
rūp
rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Rupमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inक्या
kyā
kyā
whatकहेंगे
kahē̃gē
kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
!
!
!
23BapDada says: The list of attainments is long, but what would you say in essence? 24There is nothing lacking there.
24अप्राप्त
aprāpta
aprāpt[adj.]
unattainedकोई
kōī
kōī[pn.;d.]
someनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notवस्तु
vastu
vastu[n.f.;sg.]
thing,
,
,
, जो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatजीवन
jīvan
jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.]
lifeमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inचाहिए
chāhiē
chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon]
(should|x[imp.pl.2hon])वह
vah
vah[pn.sg.d.]
thatसब
sab
sab[adj.]
allप्राप्त
prāpt
prāpt[adj.]
reachedहोंगे
hōṅgē
hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
be[fut.m.pl.12hon3].
.
.
.
25You will have attained whatever you need in life. 26Therefore, you are souls who have a right to such a golden gift.
25तो
tō
tō
thenऐसी
aisī
aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]
suchगोल्डन
golden
golden
goldenगिफ्ट
gift
gift
giftकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)अधिकारी
adhikārī
adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.]
(one) who has a rightआत्मायें
ātmāyē̃
ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.]
soulहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]).
.
.
.
27You are those who have a right, are you not?
26अधिकारी
adhikārī
adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.]
(one) who has a rightहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3]ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
! 27डबल
double
double
doubleविदेशी
vidēśhī
vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.]
foreignerअधिकारी
adhikārī
adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.]
(one) who has a rightहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
?
?
? 28 (
(
(
(हाथ
hāth
hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.]
handहिलाते हैं
hilātē haĩ
hilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
make fluctuate[pres.pl.m.12hon3])
)
)
) सभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allराजा
rājā
rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
kingबनेंगे
banē̃gē
bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
28Are the double foreigners those who have a right? (they are waving their hands.) 29Will all of you become kings?
29राजा
rājā
rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
kingबनेंगे
banē̃gē
bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
become[fut.m.pl.12hon3],
,
,
, अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achcha.
.
.
.
30You will become kings? 31Achcha.
30इतने
itnē
itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
suchतख्त
takht
takht[n.m.;sg.,d.]
throneतैयार
taiyār
taiyār[adj.]
xकरने पड़ेंगे
karnē paṛē̃gē
karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.oblig2]
do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.oblig2].
.
.
.
32In that case, so many thrones will have to be prepared.
31बापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaकहते हैं
kahtē haĩ
kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]वह
vah
vah[pn.sg.d.]
thatतख्त
takht
takht[n.m.;sg.,d.]
throneतो
tō
tō
thenतख्त
takht
takht[n.m.;sg.,d.]
throneहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23],
,
,
, सर्व
sarv
sarv[adj.]
allप्राप्ति
prāpti
prāpti[n.f.;sg.]
attainmentहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butइस
is
yah[pn.sg.o.]
thisसंगमयुग
saṅgamyug
saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]
confluence ageका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofस्वराज्य
svarājya
svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.]
own kingdomउससे
ussē
vah[pn.sg.sē]
that[.sē]कम
cum|kam
cum|kam[adj.]
(x|less)नहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
33BapDada says: That throne is a throne, and you have all attainments, but the self-sovereignty of the confluence age is no less than that.
32अभी
abhī
ab[adv.hī]
nowभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooराजा
rājā
rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
kingहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
!
34You are kings even now, are you not?
33प्रजा
prajā
prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])या
yā
yā
orरॉयल फैमिली
royal family
royal family[x]
royal familyहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
?
?
?
35Are you subjects or part of the royal family?
34क्या
kyā
kyā
whatहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
?
?
?
36What are you?
35एक
ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyबाप
bāp
bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
fatherहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]जो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatफलक
phalak
phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.]
sparkle of intoxicationसे
sē
sē[postp.]
fromकहते हैं
kahtē haĩ
kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatमेरा
mērā
maĩ[pn.sg.kā]
I[.kā]एक-एक
ēk-ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneबच्चा
bachchā
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
childराजा
rājā
rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
kingबच्चा
bachchā
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
childहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
37It is only the one Father who says with pride that each and every child of His is a child who is to become a king.
36राजा
rājā
rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
kingहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
!
38You are kings, are you not?
37राजयोगी
rājyōgī
rājyōgī[adj.]
Raja Yogiहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatप्रजा
prajā
prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xयोगी
yōgī
yōgī[x]
yogiहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
?
?
?
39Are you Raja Yogis or praja yogis (yogis who become subjects)?
38इस समय
is samay
is samay[x]
at this timeसब
sab
sab[adj.]
allदिलतख्तनशीन
diltakhtanaśhīn
diltakhtanaśhīn[adj.]
seated on the heart throne,
,
,
, स्वराज्य अधिकारी
svarājya adhikārī
svarājya adhikārī[x]
self-sovereignराजा
rājā
rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
kingबच्चा
bachchā
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
childहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]).
.
.
. 39इतना
itnā
itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
suchरूहानी
rūhānī
rūhānī[adj.]
spiritualनशा
naśhā
naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
intoxicationरहता है
rahtā hai
rahnā[pres.sg.m.23]
remain[pres.sg.m.23]ना
nā
nā
∅ ?
?
?
?
40At this time, all are seated on the heart-throne, all of you are those who have a right to self-sovereignty, the children who are to become kings.
40क्योंकि
kyōṅki
kyōṅki
becauseइस समय
is samay
is samay[x]
at this timeके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)स्वराज्य
svarājya
svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.]
own kingdomसे
sē
sē[postp.]
fromही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyभविष्य
bhaviṣhya
bhaviṣhya[adj.]
futureराज्य
rājya
rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.]
kingdomप्राप्त
prāpt
prāpt[adj.]
reachedहोता है
hōtā hai
hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]
be[pres.sg.m.23].
.
.
.
41You have such spiritual intoxication, do you not? 42It is only through the self-sovereignty of this time that you receive the future kingdom.
41यह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisसंगमयुग
saṅgamyug
saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]
confluence ageबहुतबहुत
bahutabahut
x
x-
-
-
-बहुत
bahut
bahut
veryअमूल्य
amūlya
amūlya[adj.]
invaluableश्रेष्ठ
śhrēṣhṭh
śhrēṣhṭha[adj.]
elevatedहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
43This confluence age is very, very, very invaluable and elevated.
42संगमयुग
saṅgamyug
saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]
confluence ageको
kō
kō[postp.]
toबापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaऔर
aur
aur
andसभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allबच्चे
bachchē
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
childजानते हैं
jāntē haĩ
jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
know[pres.pl.m.12hon3],
,
,
, खुशी-खुशी
khuśhī-khuśhī
khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
happinessमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inसंगमयुग
saṅgamyug
saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]
confluence ageको
kō
kō[postp.]
toनाम
nām
nām[n.m.;sg.,d.]
nameक्या
kyā
kyā
whatदेते हैं
dētē haĩ
dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
44BapDada and all the children know the confluence age. 45With happiness what name is given to the confluence age.
43मौजों
maujō̃
mauj[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.]
pleasureका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofयुग
yug
yug[x]
age.
.
.
.
46The age of pleasure.
44क्यों
kyō̃
kyō̃
why ?
?
?
?
47Why?
45यहाँ
yahā̃
yahā̃
hereसंगम
saṅgam
saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.]
confluenceजैसी
jaisī
jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]
likeमौज
mauj
mauj[n.f.;sg.]
pleasureसारे
sārē
sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
the wholeकल्प
kalp
kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
cycleमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
48You don't have the pleasure of the confluence age in any other age. 49What is the reason for that?
46कारण
kāraṇ
kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]
because ?
?
?
? 47परमात्म
paramātma
paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Supreme Soulमिलन
milan
milan[n.m.;sg.,d.]
meetingकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मौज
mauj
mauj[n.f.;sg.]
pleasureसारे
sārē
sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
the wholeकल्प
kalp
kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
cycleमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inअब
ab
ab[adv.]
nowमिलती है
miltī hai
milnā[pres.sg.f.23]
receive[pres.sg.f.23].
.
.
.
50Out of the whole cycle, it is only now that you receive the pleasure of meeting God.
48संगमयुग
saṅgamyug
saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]
confluence ageका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofएक
ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneएक
ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneदिन
din
din[n.m.;sg.,d.]
dayक्या
kyā
kyā
whatहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23] ?
?
?
?
51What is each day of the confluence age?
49मौज
mauj
mauj[n.f.;sg.]
pleasureही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyमौज
mauj
mauj[n.f.;sg.]
pleasureहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
. 50मौज
mauj
mauj[n.f.;sg.]
pleasureहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]ना
nā
nā
∅ ?
?
?
?
52There is pleasure and only pleasure.
51मौज
mauj
mauj[n.f.;sg.]
pleasureहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23],
,
,
, मूंझते
mūñjhtē
mūnjhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]
be confused[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]तो
tō
tō
thenनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
!
53There is only pleasure, is there not?
52हर
har|her
har|harnā[root]|her
(x|x[root])दिन
din
din[n.m.;sg.,d.]
dayउत्सव
utsav
utsav[x]
xहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]क्योंकि
kyōṅki
kyōṅki
becauseउत्साह
utsāh
utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
enthusiasmहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
54There is pleasure. 55You don't become confused, do you?
53उमंग
umaṅg
umaṅg[n.f.;sg.]
zealहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23],
,
,
, उत्साह
utsāh
utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
enthusiasmहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatअपने
apnē
apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
one’s ownसर्व
sarv
sarv[adj.]
allभाई
bhāī
bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.]
(brother|be liked[past-part.f.])बहनों
bahanō̃
bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.]
xको
kō
kō[postp.]
toपरमात्मा
paramātmā
paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Supreme Soulपिता
pitā
pitā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
fatherका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofबनायें
banāyē̃
banānā[opt.pl.12hon3]
create[opt.pl.12hon3].
.
.
.
56Every day is a festival because you have enthusiasm. 57You have zeal and enthusiasm to make all your brothers and sisters belong to God, the Father.
54सेवा
sēvā
sēvā[n.f.;sg.]
serviceका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofउमंग-उत्साह
umaṅg-utsāh
umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
zeal and enthusiasmरहता है
rahtā hai
rahnā[pres.sg.m.23]
remain[pres.sg.m.23]ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
!
58You have zeal and enthusiasm for service, do you not?
55यह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisकरें
karē̃
karnā[opt.pl.12hon3]
do[opt.pl.12hon3],
,
,
, यह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisकरें
karē̃
karnā[opt.pl.12hon3]
do[opt.pl.12hon3],
,
,
, यह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisकरें
karē̃
karnā[opt.pl.12hon3]
do[opt.pl.12hon3]…
…
…
… प्लैन
plan
plan
planबनाते हो
banātē hō
banānā[pres.pl.m.2]
create[pres.pl.m.2]ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
!
59We will do this, we will do this, we will do this....
56क्योंकि
kyōṅki
kyōṅki
becauseजो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatश्रेष्ठ
śhrēṣhṭh
śhrēṣhṭha[adj.]
elevatedप्राप्ति
prāpti
prāpti[n.f.;sg.]
attainmentहोती है
hōtī hai
hōnā[pres.sg.f.23]
be[pres.sg.f.23]तो
tō
tō
thenदूसरे
dūsrē
dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
otherको
kō
kō[postp.]
toसुनाने
sunānē
sunānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
speak[inf.m.pl.,o.]के
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)बिना
binā
binā
withoutरह
rah
rahnā[root]
remain[root]नहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notसकते हैं
saktē haĩ
saknā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
can[pres.pl.m.12hon3].
.
.
.
60You make such plans, do you not? 61This is because when you have elevated attainment, you cannot stay without telling others about it.
57इसी
isī
yah[pn.sg.hī]
this[.hī]संगमयुग
saṅgamyug
saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]
confluence ageकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)प्राप्ति
prāpti
prāpti[n.f.;sg.]
attainmentगोल्डन
golden
golden
goldenवर्ल्ड
world
world
worldमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooहोगी
hōgī
hōnā[fut.f.sg.23]
be[fut.f.sg.23].
.
.
.
62You will have the attainments of this confluence age even in the golden world.
58अभी
abhī
ab[adv.hī]
nowके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)पुरूषार्थ
purūṣhārth
puruṣhārth
effortकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)प्रालब्ध
prālabdh
prālabdh[n.f.;sg.]
rewardभविष्य
bhaviṣhya
bhaviṣhya[adj.]
futureगोल्डन
golden
golden
goldenवर्ल्ड
world
world
worldहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
63The reward of the efforts you make at this time is the future golden world.
59तो
tō
tō
thenसंगमयुग
saṅgamyug
saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]
confluence ageअच्छा लगता है
achchhā lagtā hai
achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23]
enjoyया
yā
yā
orसतयुग
satyug
satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]
golden ageअच्छा लगता है
achchhā lagtā hai
achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23]
enjoy ?
?
?
?
64So, do you prefer the confluence age or do you prefer the golden age?
60क्या
kyā
kyā
whatअच्छा लगता है
achchhā lagtā hai
achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23]
enjoy ?
?
?
?
65Which do you prefer?
61संगम
saṅgam
saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.]
confluenceअच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]ना
nā
nā
∅ ?
?
?
?
66The confluence age is good, is it not?
62सिर्फ
sirph
sirph[adj.]
onlyबीच-बीच में
bīch-bīch mē̃
bīch-bīch mē̃[x]
xमाया
māyā
māyā[n.f.;sg.]
Mayaआती है
ātī hai
ānā[pres.sg.f.23]
come[pres.sg.f.23].
.
.
.
67It is just that Maya comes in between.
63थोड़ा-थोड़ा
thōṛā-thōṛā
thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
shortकभी-कभी
kabhī-kabhī
kabhī[adv.]
everमूंझ जाते हैं
mūñjh jātē haĩ
mūnjhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]
be confused[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā].
.
.
.
68You sometimes become a little confused.
64कई
kaī
kaī
someबच्चे
bachchē
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
childसहज
sahaj
sahaj[adj.]
easyयोग
yōg
yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.]
yogaको
kō
kō[postp.]
toमुश्किल
muśhkil
muśhkil[adj.]
difficultयोग
yōg
yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.]
yogaबना देते हैं
banā dētē haĩ
banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā]
create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā],
,
,
, है
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]नहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notलेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butबना देते हैं
banā dētē haĩ
banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā]
create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā].
.
.
.
69Some children make easy yoga into difficult yoga. 70It isn't difficult, but you make it difficult.
65वास्तव में
vāstav mē̃
vāstav mē̃[x]
xहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]बहुत
bahut
bahut
veryसहज
sahaj
sahaj[adj.]
easy,
,
,
, मुश्किल
muśhkil
muśhkil[adj.]
difficultलगता है
lagtā hai
lagnā[pres.sg.m.23]
x[pres.sg.m.23] ?
?
?
?
71In fact, it is very easy. 72Do you find it difficult?
66जिसको
jiskō
jō[pn.sg.kō]
that[.kō]मुश्किल
muśhkil
muśhkil[adj.]
difficultलगता है
lagtā hai
lagnā[pres.sg.m.23]
x[pres.sg.m.23]वह
vah
vah[pn.sg.d.]
thatहाथ उठाओ
hāth uṭhāō
hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
raise your hands.
.
.
.
73Those who find it difficult, raise your hands.
67सदा
sadā
sadā
constantlyनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
not,
,
,
, कभी
kabhī
kabhī[adv.]
everकभी
kabhī
kabhī[adv.]
everमुश्किल
muśhkil
muśhkil[adj.]
difficultहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23] ?
?
?
?
74Not always, but is it sometimes difficult?
68या
yā
yā
orसहज
sahaj
sahaj[adj.]
easyहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23] ?
?
?
?
75Or is it easy?
69जो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatमुश्किल
muśhkil
muśhkil[adj.]
difficultयोगी
yōgī
yōgī[x]
yogiहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3]वह
vah
vah[pn.sg.d.]
thatहाथ उठाओ
hāth uṭhāō
hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
raise your hands.
.
.
.
76Those who are difficult yogis (yogis who find it difficult), raise your hands!
70मुश्किल
muśhkil
muśhkil[adj.]
difficultवाले
vālē
vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
those whoहाथ उठाओ
hāth uṭhāō
hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
raise your hands.
.
.
.
77Those who find it difficult, raise your hands!
71मातायें
mātāyē̃
mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.]
motherमुश्किल
muśhkil
muśhkil[adj.]
difficultयोगी
yōgī
yōgī[x]
yogiहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])या
yā
yā
orसहज
sahaj
sahaj[adj.]
easyहोगी
hōgī
hōnā[fut.f.sg.23]
be[fut.f.sg.23] ?
?
?
?
78Mothers, are you difficult yogis or easy yogis?
72कोई
kōī
kōī[pn.;d.]
someमुश्किल
muśhkil
muśhkil[adj.]
difficultयोगी
yōgī
yōgī[x]
yogiहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23] ?
?
?
?
79Is anyone a difficult yogi?
73हाथ
hāth
hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.]
handनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notउठायेंगे
uṭhāyēṅgē
uṭhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
uplift[fut.m.pl.12hon3],
,
,
, सारी
sārī
sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]
the wholeसभा
sabhā
sabhā[n.f.;sg.]
courtमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inकैसे
kaisē
kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
howउठायेंगे
uṭhāyēṅgē
uṭhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
uplift[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
!
!
!
80None of you would raise your hand; how could you do this in the whole gathering?
74सभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allबच्चे
bachchē
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
childफलक
phalak
phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.]
sparkle of intoxicationसे
sē
sē[postp.]
fromकहते हैं
kahtē haĩ
kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]मेरा
mērā
maĩ[pn.sg.kā]
I[.kā]बाबा
bābā
bābā
Baba.
.
.
.
81All children say with pride and intoxication: "My Baba".
75कहते हैं
kahtē haĩ
kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
say[pres.pl.m.12hon3],
,
,
, मेरा
mērā
maĩ[pn.sg.kā]
I[.kā]बाबा
bābā
bābā
Baba ?
?
?
?
82Do you say, "My Baba"?
76मेरा
mērā
maĩ[pn.sg.kā]
I[.kā]बाबा
bābā
bābā
Babaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatदादियों
dādiyō̃
dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.]
Dadiका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofबाबा
bābā
bābā
Babaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23] ?
?
?
?
83Is it "My Baba" or the Baba of the Dadis?
77मेरा
mērā
maĩ[pn.sg.kā]
I[.kā]बाबा
bābā
bābā
Babaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
!
84It is my Baba, is it not?
78हर एक
har ēk
har ēk[x]
each oneकहेगा
kahēgā
kahnā[fut.m.sg.23]
say[fut.m.sg.23]पहले
pahlē
pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.]
(x|firstly)मेरा
mērā
maĩ[pn.sg.kā]
I[.kā].
.
.
.
85Each of you would first say: My Baba.
79ऐसे
aisē
aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
suchहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23] ?
?
?
?
86Is it like this?
80यह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisसिन्धी
sindhī
sindhī[adj.]
xलोग
lōg
log[n.m.;sg.,d.]
peopleसभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allबैठे हैं
baiṭhē haĩ
baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]
sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
!
87All the Sindhis are sitting here.
81मेरा
mērā
maĩ[pn.sg.kā]
I[.kā]बाबा
bābā
bābā
Babaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]या
yā
yā
orदादी
dādī
dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
Dadiजानकी
jānkī
jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
xका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23] ?
?
?
?
88Is it "My Baba", or Dadi Janki's Baba?
82दादी
dādī
dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
Dadiप्रकाशमणि
Prakāśhmaṇi
Kumārkā, Prakāśhmaṇi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
Kumarkaका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23] ?
?
?
?
89Or, is it Dadi Prakashmani's Baba?
83किसका
kiskā
kaun[pn.sg.kā]
who[.kā]है
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23] ?
?
?
?
90Whose is He?
84मेरा
mērā
maĩ[pn.sg.kā]
I[.kā]है
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23] ?
?
?
?
91Is He mine?
85मेरा
mērā
maĩ[pn.sg.kā]
I[.kā]है
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23] ?
?
?
?
92Is He mine?
86सारा
sārā
sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
the wholeदिन
din
din[n.m.;sg.,d.]
dayक्या
kyā
kyā
whatयाद
yād
yād[n.f.;sg.]
remembranceरहता है
rahtā hai
rahnā[pres.sg.m.23]
remain[pres.sg.m.23] ?
?
?
?
93What word do you remember throughout the day?
87मेरा
mērā
maĩ[pn.sg.kā]
I[.kā]ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
!
94The word "My".
88बाप कहते हैं
bāp kahtē haĩ
bāp kahtē haĩ[x]
the Father saysबहुत
bahut
bahut
veryसहज
sahaj
sahaj[adj.]
easyयुक्ति
yukti
yukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
wayहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]जितने
jitnē
jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
the moreबार
bār
bār[n.f.;sg.]
timeमेरा
mērā
maĩ[pn.sg.kā]
I[.kā]-
-
-
-मेरा
mērā
maĩ[pn.sg.kā]
I[.kā]कहते हैं
kahtē haĩ
kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
say[pres.pl.m.12hon3],
,
,
, सारे
sārē
sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
the wholeदिन
din
din[n.m.;sg.,d.]
dayमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inकितने
kitnē
kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
soबार
bār
bār[n.f.;sg.]
timeमेरा
mērā
maĩ[pn.sg.kā]
I[.kā]शब्द
śhabda
śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.]
wordकहते हो
kahtē hō
kahnā[pres.pl.m.2]
say[pres.pl.m.2] ?
?
?
?
95The Father says that a very easy yukti is: How many times do you say "Mine", and how many times do you use this word throughout the day?
89अगर
agar
agar
ifगिनती
gintī
ginnā[pres-part.f.]|gintī[x]
(x[pres-part.f.]|x)करो
karō
karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]तो
tō
tō
thenबहुत
bahut
bahut
veryबार
bār
bār[n.f.;sg.]
timeमेरा
mērā
maĩ[pn.sg.kā]
I[.kā]शब्द
śhabda
śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.]
wordबोलते हो
bōltē hō
bōlnā[pres.pl.m.2]
speak[pres.pl.m.2].
.
.
.
96If you were to count it, you use the word "Mine" many times.
90जब
jab
jab
whenमेरा
mērā
maĩ[pn.sg.kā]
I[.kā]शब्द
śhabda
śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.]
wordबोलते हो
bōltē hō
bōlnā[pres.pl.m.2]
speak[pres.pl.m.2]तो
tō
tō
thenबस
bas
basnā[root]|bas
(x[root]|simply)मेरा
mērā
maĩ[pn.sg.kā]
I[.kā]कौन
kaun
kaun[pn.;d.]
who ?
?
?
?
97When you say the word "Mine", then who is "Mine"?
91मेरा
mērā
maĩ[pn.sg.kā]
I[.kā]बाबा
bābā
bābā
Baba.
.
.
.
98It is my Baba.
92मुश्किल
muśhkil
muśhkil[adj.]
difficultहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23] ?
?
?
?
99Is this difficult?
93कभी-कभी
kabhī-kabhī
kabhī[adv.]
everभूल
bhūl
bhūlnā[root]|bhūl[n.f.;sg.]
(forget[root]|mistake)तो
tō
tō
thenजाते हो
jātē hō
jānā[pres.pl.m.2]
go[pres.pl.m.2] ?
?
?
?
100Do you sometimes forget it?
94बापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaकोई
kōī
kōī[pn.;d.]
someनया
nayā
nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
newशब्द
śhabda
śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.]
wordनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notदेता है
dētā hai
dēnā[pres.sg.m.23]
give[pres.sg.m.23],
,
,
, जो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatसदैव
sadaiv
sadā
constantlyकार्य
kārya
kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.]
taskमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inलाते हो
lātē hō
lānā[pres.pl.m.2]
x[pres.pl.m.2]मैं
maĩ
maĩ[pn.sg.d.]
Iऔर
aur
aur
andमेरा
mērā
maĩ[pn.sg.kā]
I[.kā],
,
,
, तो
tō
tō
thenमैं
maĩ
maĩ[pn.sg.d.]
Iकौन
kaun
kaun[pn.;d.]
whoऔर
aur
aur
andमेरा
mērā
maĩ[pn.sg.kā]
I[.kā]कौन
kaun
kaun[pn.;d.]
who !
!
!
!
101BapDada is not giving you a new word. 102You always use these words "I" and "Mine". 103So, who am I? 104And, who is "Mine"?
95कई
kaī
kaī
someबच्चे
bachchē
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
childमुश्किल
muśhkil
muśhkil[adj.]
difficultपुरूषार्थ
purūṣhārth
puruṣhārth
effortक्यों
kyō̃
kyō̃
whyकरते
kartē
karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]
do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
?
?
?
105Why do some children make effort difficult?
96सिर्फ
sirph
sirph[adj.]
onlyसोचते हैं
sōchtē haĩ
sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
think[pres.pl.m.12hon3]बिन्दू
bindū
bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.]
pointसामने
sāmnē
sāmnē
xआ जाए
ā jāē
ānā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā]
come[opt.sg.23.root+jānā],
,
,
, बिन्दु-बिन्दु-बिन्दु
bindu-bindu-bindu
x
x…
…
…
… और
aur
aur
andबिन्दु
bindu
bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.]
pointखिसक जाती है
khisak jātī hai
khisaknā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā]
x[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā].
.
.
.
106They just think that the point (bindu) should come in front of them. 107Bindu, bindu, bindu... 108And the bindu slips away.
97बिन्दु
bindu
bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.]
pointतो
tō
tō
thenहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butकौन-सी
kaun-sī
kaun sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]
whichबिन्दु
bindu
bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.]
point ?
?
?
?
109You are a bindu, but which type of bindu?
98मैं
maĩ
maĩ[pn.sg.d.]
Iकौन
kaun
kaun[pn.;d.]
whoहूँ
hū̃
hōnā[pres.sg.1]
be[pres.sg.1],
,
,
, यह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisअपने
apnē
apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
one’s ownस्वमान
svamān
svamān[x]
self-respectस्मृति
smr̥iti
smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.]
awarenessमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inलाओ
lāō
lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]तो
tō
tō
thenरमणीक
ramaṇīk
ramaṇīk[adj.]
entertainingपुरूषार्थ
purūṣhārth
puruṣhārth
effortहो जायेगा
hō jāyēgā
hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]
be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]सिर्फ
sirph
sirph[adj.]
onlyज्योति बिन्दु
jyōti bindu
jyōti bindu[x]
point of lightकहते हो
kahtē hō
kahnā[pres.pl.m.2]
say[pres.pl.m.2]ना
nā
nā
∅तो
tō
tō
thenमुश्किल
muśhkil
muśhkil[adj.]
difficultहो जाता है
hō jātā hai
hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]
be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā].
.
.
.
110Keep in your awareness the self-respect of who you are, and then effort will become very entertaining. 111When you speak of just the jyoti bindu (point of light), it becomes difficult.
99सहज
sahaj
sahaj[adj.]
easyपुरूषार्थ
purūṣhārth
puruṣhārth
effort,
,
,
, मौज
mauj
mauj[n.f.;sg.]
pleasureका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofपुरूषार्थ
purūṣhārth
puruṣhārth
effortकरो
karō
karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
112Make easy effort, pleasurable effort.
100इस
is
yah[pn.sg.o.]
thisनये
nayē
nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
newवर्ष
varṣh
varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
yearमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inपुरूषार्थ
purūṣhārth
puruṣhārth
effortभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooश्रेष्ठ
śhrēṣhṭh
śhrēṣhṭha[adj.]
elevatedहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])लेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butश्रेष्ठ
śhrēṣhṭh
śhrēṣhṭha[adj.]
elevatedके साथ
kē sāth
kē sāth[x]
withपहले
pahlē
pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.]
(x|firstly)सहज
sahaj
sahaj[adj.]
easyहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]).
.
.
.
113In this New Year, let your efforts be elevated. 114However, as well as being elevated, let them first be easy.
101सहज
sahaj
sahaj[adj.]
easyभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])और
aur
aur
andश्रेष्ठ
śhrēṣhṭh
śhrēṣhṭha[adj.]
elevatedभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])यह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisहो सकता है
hō saktā hai
hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]
be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
?
?
?
115Let them be elevated and let them also be easy. 116Is this possible?
102दोनों
dōnō̃
dōnō̃
xसाथ
sāth
sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.]
withहो सकता है
hō saktā hai
hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]
be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
?
?
?
117Are both types of effort possible at the same time?
103डबल
double
double
doubleफारेनर्स
foreigners
foreigner
foreignerबोलो
bōlō
bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2],
,
,
, हो सकता है
hō saktā hai
hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]
be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
?
?
?
118Double foreigners, speak! 119Is this possible?
104तो
tō
tō
thenबापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaदेखेंगे
dēkhē̃gē
dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
see[fut.m.pl.12hon3].
.
.
.
120Then BapDada will see it.
105बापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaतो
tō
tō
thenचेक
check
check
checkकरते रहते हैं
kartē rahtē haĩ
karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā]
do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā]ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
! 106तो
tō
tō
thenमुश्किल
muśhkil
muśhkil[adj.]
difficultयोगी
yōgī
yōgī[x]
yogiकौन-कौन
kaun-kaun
kaun[pn.;d.]
whoबनता है
bantā hai
bannā[pres.sg.m.23]
become[pres.sg.m.23] !
!
!
!
121BapDada continues to check all the time to see who become difficult yogis.
107सहज
sahaj
sahaj[adj.]
easyयोगी
yōgī
yōgī[x]
yogiका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofयह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisमतलब
matlab
matlab[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatअलबेलेपन
albēlēpan
albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.]
carelessnessका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofपुरूषार्थ
purūṣhārth
puruṣhārth
effortहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]).
.
.
.
122To be an easy yogi doesn't mean that your efforts should be those of carelessness.
108श्रेष्ठ
śhrēṣhṭh
śhrēṣhṭha[adj.]
elevatedभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])और
aur
aur
andसहज
sahaj
sahaj[adj.]
easyभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]).
.
.
.
123Let them be elevated and let them also be easy.
109तो
tō
tō
thenपाण्डव
pāṇḍav
pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Pandavaसहज
sahaj
sahaj[adj.]
easyयोगी
yōgī
yōgī[x]
yogiहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
124So, are the Pandavas easy yogis?
110सहजयोगी
sahajyōgī
sahajyōgī[adj.]
easy yogiजो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3]वह
vah
vah[pn.sg.d.]
thatहाथ उठाओ
hāth uṭhāō
hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
raise your hands.
.
.
.
125Those who are easy yogis, raise your hands!
111देखना
dēkhnā
dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.]
see[inf.m.sg.d.]टी
T
T
x.
.
.
.वी
we|V
we|V
(x).
.
.
.में
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inआ रहा है
ā rahā hai
ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23]
come[pres.sg.m.prog.23].
.
.
.
126Just be careful. 127It is all being recorded on the TV.
112मुबारक
mubārak
mubārak[n.f.;sg.]
congratulationsहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]).
.
.
.
128Congratulations!
113तो
tō
tō
thenयह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisवर्ष
varṣh
varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
yearकोई
kōī
kōī[pn.;d.]
someके आगे
kē āgē
kē āgē[x]
in front ofकोई
kōī
kōī[pn.;d.]
someमुश्किलात
muśhkilāt
muśhkilāt[n.f.;sg.]
difficultiesनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notआयेगी
āyēgī
ānā[fut.f.sg.23]
come[fut.f.sg.23]क्योंकि
kyōṅki
kyōṅki
becauseसहज
sahaj
sahaj[adj.]
easyयोगी
yōgī
yōgī[x]
yogiहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]).
.
.
.
129So, this year, no one will have any difficulties because you are easy yogis.
114अलबेले
albēlē
albēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
carelessनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notबनना
bannā
bannā[inf.m.sg.d.]
become[inf.m.sg.d.].
.
.
.
130Don't become careless.
115समय
samay
samay[n.m.;sg.,d.]
timeप्रमाण
pramāṇ
pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]
(under)इस
is
yah[pn.sg.o.]
thisनये
nayē
nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
newवर्ष
varṣh
varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
yearमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inसभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allको
kō
kō[postp.]
toविशेष
viśhēṣh
viśhēṣh[adj.]
specialयह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisलक्ष्य
lakṣhya
lakṣhya[adj.]
aimरखना है
rakhnā hai
rakhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]
keep[pres.sg.23.oblig1]कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatजो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooखज़ाने
khazānē
khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
treasureप्राप्त
prāpt
prāpt[adj.]
reachedहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3]-
-
-
-समय
samay
samay[n.m.;sg.,d.]
timeहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23],
,
,
, संकल्प
saṅkalp
saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
thoughtहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3],
,
,
, गुण
guṇ
guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]
virtueहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3],
,
,
, ज्ञान
gyān
gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.]
knowledgeहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23],
,
,
, शक्तियां
śhaktiyā̃
śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.]
Shaktiहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3]…
…
…
… सबसे
sabsē
sabsē
the mostबड़ा
baṛā
baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
veryखज़ाना
khazānā
khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
treasureसंकल्प
saṅkalp
saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
thoughtहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]-
-
-
-श्रेष्ठ
śhrēṣhṭh
śhrēṣhṭha[adj.]
elevatedसंकल्प
saṅkalp
saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
thought,
,
,
, शुद्ध
śhuddha
śhuddh[x]
pureसंकल्प
saṅkalp
saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
thought.
.
.
. 116इन
in
yah[pn.pl.o.]|in
(this|in)सभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allखज़ानों
khazānō̃
khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.]
treasureको
kō
kō[postp.]
toहर
har|her
har|harnā[root]|her
(x|x[root])रोज
rōj
rōz
dayसफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulकरना है
karnā hai
karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]
do[pres.sg.23.oblig1].
.
.
.
131According to the time, in this New Year, everyone has to keep the special aim that whatever treasures you have - time, thoughts, virtues, knowledge and powers - the biggest treasure is that of thoughts - elevated thoughts and pure thoughts. 132You have to use all of these treasures in a worthwhile way every day, that is, you have to attain success.
117खूब
khūb
khūb[adj.]
a lotबांटो
bāṇṭō
bāṇṭnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
distribute[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
133Distribute them a lot.
118दाता
dātā
dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
bestowerके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)बच्चे
bachchē
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
childमास्टर
master
master
masterदाता
dātā
dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
bestowerबनो
banō
bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
134Become master bestowers, children of the Bestower.
119खूब
khūb
khūb[adj.]
a lotबांटों
bāṇṭō̃
bāṇṭnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
distribute[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
135Distribute them a lot.
120क्यों
kyō̃
kyō̃
why ?
?
?
?
136Why?
121सफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulकरना
karnā
karnā[inf.m.sg.d.]
do[inf.m.sg.d.]अर्थात्
arthāt
arthāt
that isसफलता
saphaltā
saphaltā[n.f.;sg.]
successको
kō
kō[postp.]
toप्राप्त करना
prāpt karnā
prāpt karnā[x]
reach.
.
.
.
137To use them in a worthwhile way means to attain success.
122तो
tō
tō
thenयही
yahī
yahī[pn.;d.]
thisइस
is
yah[pn.sg.o.]
thisवर्ष
varṣh
varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
yearकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)विशेषता
viśhēṣhtā
viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.]
specialityसदा
sadā
sadā
constantlyकायम
kāyam
kāyam[adj.]
xरखना
rakhnā
rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.]
keep[inf.m.sg.d.].
.
.
. 123सफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulकरना है
karnā hai
karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]
do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]और
aur
aur
andसफलता
saphaltā
saphaltā[n.f.;sg.]
successहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]ही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
138Therefore, constantly keep this speciality of the New Year with you at all times.
124सभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allकहते
kahtē
kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]
say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]भी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना
nā
nā
∅कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatसफलता
saphaltā
saphaltā[n.f.;sg.]
successहमारा
hamārā
ham[pn.pl.kā]
we[.kā]जन्म
janm
janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root]
(life|be born[root])सिद्ध
siddha
siddh[adj.]
successfulअधिकार
adhikār
adhikār[x]
rightहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
. 125है
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]अधिकार
adhikār
adhikār[x]
right ?
?
?
?
139You have to use everything in a worthwhile way and success is guaranteed.
126तो
tō
tō
thenसफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulकरो
karō
karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]और
aur
aur
andसफलता
saphaltā
saphaltā[n.f.;sg.]
successप्राप्त करो
prāpt karō
prāpt karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
reach.
.
.
.
140All of you say that success is your birthright.
127कोई भी
kōī bhī
kōī bhī[x]
anyoneकार्य
kārya
kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.]
taskकरो
karō
karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2],
,
,
, कोई न कोई
kōī na kōī
kōī na kōī[x]
one .. or anotherखज़ाना
khazānā
khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
treasureसफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulकरते जाओ
kartē jāō
karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā]
do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā]और
aur
aur
andसफलता
saphaltā
saphaltā[n.f.;sg.]
successका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofअनुभव
anubhav
anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.]
experienceकरते
kartē
karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]
do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]चलो
chalō
chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
141Do you have this right? 142So use it in a worthwhile way and continue to attain success.
128सोचो
sōchō
sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]-
-
-
-सफलता
saphaltā
saphaltā[n.f.;sg.]
successका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofअधिकार
adhikār
adhikār[x]
rightआप
āp
āp[pn.pl.]
youब्राह्मण
brāhmaṇ
brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Brahminआत्माओं
ātmāō̃
ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.]
soulके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)सिवाए
sivāē
sivāē
exceptऔर
aur
aur
andकिसका
kiskā
kaun[pn.sg.kā]
who[.kā]अधिकार
adhikār
adhikār[x]
rightहो सकता है
hō saktā hai
hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]
be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] !
!
!
!
143Whatever task you carry out, continue to use one treasure or another in a worthwhile way and continue to experience success.
129क्यों
kyō̃
kyō̃
why ?
?
?
? 130क्योंकि
kyōṅki
kyōṅki
becauseबाप
bāp
bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
fatherने
nē
nē[postp.]
∅आपको
āpkō
āp[pn.pl.kō]
you[.kō]सफलता
saphaltā
saphaltā[n.f.;sg.]
successभव
bhav
bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhav
(x|may you be)का
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofवरदान
vardān
vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.]
blessingदिया है
diyā hai
dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]
give[pres-perf.sg.m.23].
.
.
.
144Think about it - can anyone have a right to success apart from you Brahmin souls?
131बापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaसदा
sadā
sadā
constantlyकहते हैं
kahtē haĩ
kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatएक-एक
ēk-ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneब्राह्मण
brāhmaṇ
brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Brahminआत्मा
ātmā
ātmā[n.f.;sg.]
soulसफलता
saphaltā
saphaltā[n.f.;sg.]
successका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofसितारा
sitārā
sitārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
starहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
145Why? 146Because the Father has given you all the blessing of being successful.
132सफलता
saphaltā
saphaltā[n.f.;sg.]
successस्वरूप
svarūp
svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
formहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
. 133सफलता
saphaltā
saphaltā[n.f.;sg.]
successकि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatसितारे
sitārē
sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
starहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना
nā
nā
∅या
yā
yā
orमेहनत
mēhnat
mēhnat[n.f.;sg.]
effortके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)सितारे
sitārē
sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
starहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
?
?
?
147BapDada always says that each Brahmin child is a star of success, an embodiment of success.
134बापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaसभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allबच्चों
bachchō̃
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.]
childको
kō
kō[postp.]
toसफलता
saphaltā
saphaltā[n.f.;sg.]
successका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofसितारा
sitārā
sitārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
starइसी
isī
yah[pn.sg.hī]
this[.hī]स्वरूप
svarūp
svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
formमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inदेखते हैं
dēkhtē haĩ
dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
see[pres.pl.m.12hon3].
.
.
.
148Are you stars of success or are you stars of effort? 149BapDada sees all the children as the stars of success.
135याद
yād
yād[n.f.;sg.]
remembranceहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]ब्रह्मा
brahmā
brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Brahmaबाप
bāp
bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
fatherने
nē
nē[postp.]
∅आदि
ādi
ādi[adj.]
etc.में
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inकितने
kitnē
kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
soसमय
samay
samay[n.m.;sg.,d.]
timeमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inसब
sab
sab[adj.]
allसफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulकिया
kiyā
karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
?
?
?
150Do you remember how much time Brahma Baba spent at the beginning using everything in a worthwhile way?
136अन्त
ant
ant[n.m.;sg.,d.]
endतक
tak
tak
untilअपना
apnā
apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
(adopt[root]|one’s own)समय
samay
samay[n.m.;sg.,d.]
timeसफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulकिया
kiyā
karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
do[past-part.m.sg.d.],
,
,
, चाहे
chāhē
chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23]
(x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])कर्मातीत
karmātīt
karmātīt[adj.]
karmateetभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooबन गये
ban gayē
bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]
become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]फिर भी
phir bhī
phir bhī[x]
neverthelessकितने
kitnē
kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
soपत्र
patra
patra[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xलिखे
likhē
likhnā[opt.sg.23]|likhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]
(write[opt.sg.23]|write[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) !
!
!
!
151He used his time in a worthwhile way till the end. 152Even though he had become karmateet, he still wrote so many letters.
137समय
samay
samay[n.m.;sg.,d.]
timeसफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulकिया
kiyā
karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
do[past-part.m.sg.d.]ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
!
153He used his time in a worthwhile way.
138लास्ट
last
last
lastदिन
din
din[n.m.;sg.,d.]
dayभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooमुख
mukh
mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
mouthसे
sē
sē[postp.]
fromमहावाक्य
mahāvākya
mahāvākya[n.m.;sg.,d.]
elevated versionउच्चारण
uchchāraṇ
uchchāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xकिये
kiyē
karnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]
do[past-part.m.pl.,o.].
.
.
.
154Even on his last day, he spoke elevated versions.
139लास्ट
last
last
lastदिन
din
din[n.m.;sg.,d.]
dayतक
tak
tak
untilसब
sab
sab[adj.]
allसफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulकिया
kiyā
karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
do[past-part.m.sg.d.]इसीलिए
isīliē
isīliē
xसफलता
saphaltā
saphaltā[n.f.;sg.]
successको
kō
kō[postp.]
toप्राप्त
prāpt
prāpt[adj.]
reachedहो गये
hō gayē
hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]
be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā].
.
.
.
155He used everything in a worthwhile way till the last day and this is why he attained success.
140तो
tō
tō
thenफालो फादर
follow father
follow father[x]
follow the Father.
.
.
.
156Therefore, follow the father.
141वास्तव में
vāstav mē̃
vāstav mē̃[x]
xसंगमयुग
saṅgamyug
saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]
confluence ageका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofएक-एक
ēk-ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneसंकल्प
saṅkalp
saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
thought,
,
,
, एक-एक
ēk-ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneसेकण्ड
second
second
secondसफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulकरना
karnā
karnā[inf.m.sg.d.]
do[inf.m.sg.d.]ही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyसफलता
saphaltā
saphaltā[n.f.;sg.]
successमूर्त
mūrt
mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.]
imageबनना है
bannā hai
bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]
become[pres.sg.23.oblig1].
.
.
.
157In fact, to use every thought and every second in a worthwhile way is to become an embodiment of success.
142सभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allनिश्चय
niśhchay
niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.]
faithसे
sē
sē[postp.]
fromकहते हैं
kahtē haĩ
kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]ना
nā
nā
∅कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatब्रह्मा
brahmā
brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Brahmaबाप
bāp
bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
fatherसे
sē
sē[postp.]
fromतो
tō
tō
thenहमारा
hamārā
ham[pn.pl.kā]
we[.kā]बहुत
bahut
bahut
veryप्यार
pyār
pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.]
loveहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
158All of you say with faith that you have a lot of love for Father Brahma.
143तो
tō
tō
thenप्यार
pyār
pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.]
loveकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)निशानी
niśhānī
niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
signहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]जो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatबाप
bāp
bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
fatherको
kō
kō[postp.]
toप्रिय
priya
priy[adj.]
having love forथा
thā
hōnā[past.m.sg]
be[past.m.sg]वह
vah
vah[pn.sg.d.]
thatबच्चों
bachchō̃
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.]
childको
kō
kō[postp.]
toप्रिय
priya
priy[adj.]
having love forहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]).
.
.
.
159So, the sign of love is that whatever the father loved, the children should also love.
144समय
samay
samay[n.m.;sg.,d.]
time,
,
,
, संकल्प
saṅkalp
saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
thoughtऔर
aur
aur
andसर्व
sarv
sarv[adj.]
allखज़ाने
khazānē
khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
treasureसफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]).
.
.
.
160Let all your time, thoughts and treasures be used in a worthwhile way.
145व्यर्थ
vyarth
vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.]
wastefulनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]).
.
.
.
161They should not be wasted.
146प्यार
pyār
pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.]
loveकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)निशानी
niśhānī
niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
signफालो फादर
follow father
follow father[x]
follow the Father.
.
.
.
162The sign of love is: follow the father.
147ब्रह्मा
brahmā
brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Brahmaबाप
bāp
bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
fatherने
nē
nē[postp.]
∅विशेषता
viśhēṣhtā
viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.]
specialityक्या
kyā
kyā
whatदिखाई
dikhāī
dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
(x[past-part.f.]|x) ?
?
?
?
163What speciality did Father Brahma show?
148जो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatसोचा
sōchā
sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
think[past-part.m.sg.d.]वह
vah
vah[pn.sg.d.]
thatसेकण्ड
second
second
secondमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inकिया
kiyā
karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
do[past-part.m.sg.d.].
.
.
.
164Whatever he thought, he did in a practical way in a second.
149सिर्फ
sirph
sirph[adj.]
onlyसोचा
sōchā
sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
think[past-part.m.sg.d.]नहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
not,
,
,
, सिर्फ
sirph
sirph[adj.]
onlyप्लैन
plan
plan
planनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notबनाया
banāyā
banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
create[past-part.m.sg.d.],
,
,
, प्रैक्टिकल
practical
practical
practicalमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inकरके
karkē
karnā[abs.]
do[abs.]दिखाया
dikhāyā
dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
x[past-part.m.sg.d.].
.
.
.
165He didn't just think, he didn't just make plans, but he demonstrated it by putting it into practice.
150तो
tō
tō
thenऐसे
aisē
aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
suchहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23] ?
?
?
?
166So, is it like this?
151फालो
follow
follow
followकरने
karnē
karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले
vālē
vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
those whoहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3]ना
nā
nā
∅ ?
?
?
?
167Are you those who follow him?
152अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
168It is good.
153आज
āj
āj
todayबहुत
bahut
bahut
veryही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyआ गये हैं
ā gayē haĩ
ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]
come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]न्यु ईयर
new year
new year[x]
New Yearमनाने
manānē
manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.]के लिए
kē liē
kē liē[x]
for.
.
.
.
169Today, so many people have come to celebrate the New Year.
154अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
170It is good.
155अगर
agar
agar
ifहाल
hāl|hall
hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall
(x|hall)छोटा
chhōṭā
chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
smallपड़ गया
paṛ gayā
paṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]
fall[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]तो
tō
tō
thenदिल
dil
dil[n.m.;sg.,d.]
heartतो
tō
tō
thenबड़ी
baṛī
baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]
veryहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
171Even if the hall becomes small, you have a big heart.
156देखो
dēkhō
dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]दिल
dil
dil[n.m.;sg.,d.]
heartबड़ी
baṛī
baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]
veryहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]तो
tō
tō
thenसमा गये है
samā gayē hai
samānā[x.root+jānā]
merge[x.root+jānā]ना
nā
nā
∅ ?
?
?
?
172Look, because you have a big heart, everyone is able to be accommodated.
157 (
(
(
(आज
āj
āj
todayसभा
sabhā
sabhā[n.f.;sg.]
courtमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
in18-19
18-19
18-19
18-19हजार
hajār
hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.]
1000भाई
bhāī
bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.]
(brother|be liked[past-part.f.])बहनें
bahanē̃
bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.]
xबैठे हैं
baiṭhē haĩ
baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]
sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3])
)
)
) सभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allबाहर
bāhar
bāhar
outsideबैठे
baiṭhē
baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23]
(sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23])हुए
huē
hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]
be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]भी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooसुन रहे हैं
sun rahē haĩ
sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]
listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]ना
nā
nā
∅ ?
?
?
?
173(About 18 to 19 thousand brothers and sisters were sitting in the hall.) 174All those sitting outside are also listening, are they not?
158बाहर
bāhar
bāhar
outsideबैठने
baiṭhnē
baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
sit[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले
vālē
vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
those whoसुन रहे हैं
sun rahē haĩ
sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]
listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3],
,
,
, वह
vah
vah[pn.sg.d.]
thatतो
tō
tō
thenदिखाई
dikhāī
dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
(x[past-part.f.]|x)नहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notदेंगे
dēgē
dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
give[fut.m.pl.12hon3].
.
.
.
175Those sitting outside are listening. 176They cannot be seen.
159बापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaने
nē
nē[postp.]
∅सुना
sunā
sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root]
(listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root])कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatफारेन
foreign
foreign
abroadमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inसबसे
sabsē
sabsē
the mostज्यादा
jyādā
jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
moreआस्ट्रेलिया
Australia
Australia
Australiaवाले
vālē
vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
those who12
12
12
12बजे
bajē
bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
(x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|o'clock)बैठते हैं
baiṭhtē haĩ
baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3].
.
.
.
177BapDada has heard that, abroad, it is those from Australia who sit at the most odd hour of 12 o' clock midnight for the transmission.
160रात
rāt
rāt[n.f.;sg.]
nightके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)12
12
12
12बजे
bajē
bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
(x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|o'clock)बैठते हैं
baiṭhtē haĩ
baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3]और
aur
aur
and4
4
4
4बजे
bajē
bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
(x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|o'clock)अमृतवेला
amr̥itvēlā
amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
amrit velaकरके
karkē
karnā[abs.]
do[abs.]उठते हैं
uṭhtē haĩ
uṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
wake up[pres.pl.m.12hon3].
.
.
.
178They sit at midnight and get up after 4am amrit vela. 179So, BapDada also remembered those from Australia today.
161तो
tō
tō
thenबापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaने
nē
nē[postp.]
∅भी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooआज
āj
āj
todayआस्ट्रेलिया
Australia
Australia
Australiaको
kō
kō[postp.]
toयाद किया
yād kiyā
yād karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
remember.
.
.
.
180They are listening. 181Those who are here (in Shantivan) from Australia, raise your hands!
162सुन रहे हैं
sun rahē haĩ
sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]
listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3].
.
.
. 163यहाँ
yahā̃
yahā̃
hereआस्ट्रेलिया
Australia
Australia
Australiaवाले
vālē
vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
those whoहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3]हाथ उठाओ
hāth uṭhāō
hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
raise your hands.
.
.
.
182Trimurti congratulations, first of all to those from Australia and then to the others.
164त्रिमूर्ति
trimūrti
trimūrti[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Trimurtiमुबारक
mubārak
mubārak[n.f.;sg.]
congratulationsपहले
pahlē
pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.]
(x|firstly)आस्ट्रेलिया
Australia
Australia
Australiaको
kō
kō[postp.]
toफिर
phir
phirnā[root]|phir[adv.]
(turn[root]|then)सभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allको
kō
kō[postp.]
to.
.
.
.
183Baba has told you the aim for this year. 184Use everything in a worthwhile way and success is guaranteed.
165इस
is
yah[pn.sg.o.]
thisवर्ष
varṣh
varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
yearका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofलक्ष्य
lakṣhya
lakṣhya[adj.]
aimतो
tō
tō
thenबताया
batāyā
batānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
tell[past-part.m.sg.d.]-
-
-
-सफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulकरो
karō
karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2],
,
,
, सफलता
saphaltā
saphaltā[n.f.;sg.]
successहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]ही
hī
hī[p.]
only.
.
.
. 166यह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisसभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allने
nē
nē[postp.]
∅पक्का
pakkā
pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
firmकिया
kiyā
karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
?
?
?
185Has everyone made this firm? 186You have to use everything in a worthwhile way, and not waste anything.
167सफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulकरना है
karnā hai
karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]
do[pres.sg.23.oblig1].
.
.
. 168व्यर्थ
vyarth
vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.]
wastefulनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
not.
.
.
.
187The confluence age is the powerful age.
169संगमयुग
saṅgamyug
saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]
confluence ageसमर्थ
samarth
samarth[adj.]
powerfulयुग
yug
yug[x]
ageहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23],
,
,
, सफलता
saphaltā
saphaltā[n.f.;sg.]
successका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofयुग
yug
yug[x]
ageहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23],
,
,
, व्यर्थ
vyarth
vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.]
wastefulका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
188It is the age of success. 189It is not the age to waste anything.
170व्यर्थ
vyarth
vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.]
wastefulके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)63
63
63
63जन्म
janm
janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root]
(life|be born[root])समाप्त
samāpt
samāpt[adj.]
finishedहुए
huē
hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]
be[past-part.m.pl.,o.].
.
.
.
19063 births of wasting have now come to an end.
171अब
ab
ab[adv.]
nowयह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisछोटा
chhōṭā
chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
smallसा
sā
sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
xयुग
yug
yug[x]
ageसफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulकरने
karnē
karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
do[inf.m.pl.,o.]का
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofयुग
yug
yug[x]
ageहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
191This small age is now for using everything in a worthwhile way.
172अगर
agar
agar
ifसमय
samay
samay[n.m.;sg.,d.]
timeसफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulकरेंगे
karē̃gē
karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तो
tō
tō
thenभविष्य
bhaviṣhya
bhaviṣhya[adj.]
futureमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooआधाकल्प
ādhākalp
ādhākalp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
for half a cycleका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofपूरा
pūrā
pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
fullसमय
samay
samay[n.m.;sg.,d.]
timeराज्य अधिकारी
rājya adhikārī
rājya adhikārī[x]
masterबनेंगे
banē̃gē
bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
become[fut.m.pl.12hon3].
.
.
.
192If you use time in a worthwhile way, you will claim a right to the kingdom in the future for the complete half-cycle.
173अगर
agar
agar
ifकभी-कभी
kabhī-kabhī
kabhī[adv.]
everसफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulकरेंगे
karē̃gē
karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तो
tō
tō
thenराज्य अधिकारी
rājya adhikārī
rājya adhikārī[x]
masterभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooकभी-कभी
kabhī-kabhī
kabhī[adv.]
everबनेंगे
banē̃gē
bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
become[fut.m.pl.12hon3].
.
.
.
193If you use it in a worthwhile way only sometimes, then you would also claim a right to the kingdom only sometimes.
174समय
samay
samay[n.m.;sg.,d.]
timeसफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)प्रालब्ध
prālabdh
prālabdh[n.f.;sg.]
rewardयह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
194This is the reward of using your time in a worthwhile way.
175श्वांस
śhvāṅs
śhvāṅs[n.f.;sg.]
breathingसफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulकर रहे हो
kar rahē hō
karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2]
do[pres.pl.m.prog.2]तो
tō
tō
then21
21
21
21जन्म
janm
janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root]
(life|be born[root])ही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyस्वस्थ
svastha
svasth[adj.]
healthyरहेंगे
rahē̃gē
rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3].
.
.
.
195If you are using your breath in a worthwhile way, then you will remain healthy for 21 births.
176चलते-चलते
chaltē-chaltē
chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]
continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हार्टफेल
heartfail
heartfail
xनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notहोगी
hōgī
hōnā[fut.f.sg.23]
be[fut.f.sg.23].
.
.
.
196You won't have heart-failure while moving along.
177किसकी
kiskī
kaun[pn.sg.kī]
who[.kī]हार्ट
heart
heart
xरूक
rūk
ruknā[root]
stop[root]जाती
jātī
jānā[pres-part.f.]
go[pres-part.f.],
,
,
, किसकी
kiskī
kaun[pn.sg.kī]
who[.kī]नलियां
naliyā̃
nalī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.]
arteryबन्द
band
band[adj.]
closedहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])जाती
jātī
jānā[pres-part.f.]
go[pres-part.f.],
,
,
, वह
vah
vah[pn.sg.d.]
thatनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notहोगी
hōgī
hōnā[fut.f.sg.23]
be[fut.f.sg.23].
.
.
.
197Some people's heart stops beating. 198Some people have blocked arteries. 199None of that will happen there.
178ज्ञान
gyān
gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.]
knowledgeके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)खज़ाने
khazānē
khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
treasureको
kō
kō[postp.]
toभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooसफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulकरो
karō
karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]तो
tō
tō
thenज्ञान
gyān
gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.]
knowledgeका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofअर्थ
arth|earth
arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth
(meaning|earth)है
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]समझ
samajh
samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root]
(understanding|understand[root]),
,
,
, वहाँ
vahā̃
vahā̃
thereइतने
itnē
itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
suchसमझदार
samajhdār
samajhdār[adj.]
sensibleबन जायेंगे
ban jāyēṅgē
bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]
become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]जो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatकोई
kōī
kōī[pn.;d.]
someमन्त्रियों
mantriyō̃
x
xकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)जरूरत
jarūrat
jarūrat[n.f.;sg.]
needनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
200Use the treasures of knowledge in a worthwhile way; knowledge means understanding. 201There, you will become so sensible that there'll be no need for a minister.
179आजकल
ājkal
ājkal
nowadaysतो
tō
tō
thenदेखो
dēkhō
dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]शपथ
śhapath
śhapath[n.f.;sg.]
oathलेते
lētē
lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]
take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]ही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyपहले
pahlē
pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.]
(x|firstly)मन्त्रीमण्डल
mantrīmaṇḍal
x
xबनाते हैं
banātē haĩ
banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
create[pres.pl.m.12hon3].
.
.
.
202Nowadays, when they take an oath, first of all they create a cabinet of ministers.
180वहाँ
vahā̃
vahā̃
thereसाथी
sāthī
sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.]
companionहोंगे
hōṅgē
hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]लेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butमन्त्री
mantrī
x
xनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notहोगे
hōgē
hōnā[fut.m.pl.2]
be[fut.m.pl.2].
.
.
.
203There, you will have companions but not ministers.
181रायल फैमिली
royal family
royal family[x]
royal familyहर एक
har ēk
har ēk[x]
each oneदरबार
darbār
darbār[n.m.;sg.,d.]
courtमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inबैठने
baiṭhnē
baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
sit[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले
vālē
vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
those whoताजधारी
tājdhārī
tājdhārī[adj.]
crownedहोंगे
hōṅgē
hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
be[fut.m.pl.12hon3].
.
.
.
204All the members of the royal family who sit at court will be crowned.
182रॉयल फैमिली
royal family
royal family[x]
royal familyकम
cum|kam
cum|kam[adj.]
(x|less)नहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notहोगी
hōgī
hōnā[fut.f.sg.23]
be[fut.f.sg.23],
,
,
, चाहे
chāhē
chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23]
(x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])तख्त
takht
takht[n.m.;sg.,d.]
throneपर
par
par[postp.]|par[adj.]
(at|other)नहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooबैठे
baiṭhē
baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23]
(sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23])लेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butमर्तबा
martabā
martabā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
statusएक
ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyजैसा
jaisā
jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
likeहोगा
hōgā
hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]
be[fut.m.sg.23].
.
.
.
205The royal family won't be anything less. 206Although they may not be seated on the throne, they will have equal status.
183इसलिए
isliē
isliē
thereforeयह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notसोचो
sōchō
sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatतख्तनशीन
takhtnaśhīn
takhtnaśhīn[adj.]
seated on the throneबहुत
bahut
bahut
veryथोड़े
thōṛē
thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
shortबनेंगे
banē̃gē
bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]लेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butआप
āp
āp[pn.pl.]
youलोग
lōg
log[n.m.;sg.,d.]
peopleभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooराज
rāj
rāj[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xदरबार
darbār
darbār[n.m.;sg.,d.]
courtमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inराज्य अधिकारी
rājya adhikārī
rājya adhikārī[x]
masterके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)रूप
rūp
rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Rupमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inहोंगे
hōṅgē
hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
be[fut.m.pl.12hon3].
.
.
.
207Therefore, don't think that very few will be seated on the throne, for all of you will be in the royal court as those who have a right to the kingdom.
184आपके
āpkē
āp[pn.pl.kē]
you[.kē]सिर
sir
sir[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xपर
par
par[postp.]|par[adj.]
(at|other)भी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooताज
tāj
tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.]
crownहोगा
hōgā
hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]
be[fut.m.sg.23]और
aur
aur
andआपका
āpkā
āp[pn.pl.kā]
you[.kā]पूरा
pūrā
pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
fullअधिकार
adhikār
adhikār[x]
rightहोगा
hōgā
hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]
be[fut.m.sg.23].
.
.
.
208You will also have a crown on your head and you will have full rights.
185तो
tō
tō
thenक्या
kyā
kyā
whatबनेंगे
banē̃gē
bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
209So what will you become?
186नम्बरवन
number one
number one
number oneया
yā
yā
orनम्बरवार
number-vār
number-wār
numberwise ?
?
?
?
210Number one or numberwise?
187क्या
kyā
kyā
whatबनेंगे
banē̃gē
bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
211What will you become?
188नम्बरवार
number-vār
number-wār
numberwiseबनेंगे
banē̃gē
bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]या
yā
yā
orनम्बरवन
number one
number one
number oneबनेंगे
banē̃gē
bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
212Will you become numberwise or number one?
189क्या
kyā
kyā
whatबनेंगे
banē̃gē
bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
213What will you become?
190नम्बरवन
number one
number one
number oneया
yā
yā
orनम्बरवार
number-vār
number-wār
numberwise ?
?
?
?
214Number one or numberwise?
191तो
tō
tō
thenक्या
kyā
kyā
whatकरना पड़ेगा
karnā paṛēgā
karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2]
do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2],
,
,
, पता
patā
patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
knowledgeहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23] ?
?
?
?
215Then, do you know what you have to do?
192हिम्मत
himmat
himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
courageदिखाई
dikhāī
dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
(x[past-part.f.]|x),
,
,
, यह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisबहुत
bahut
bahut
veryअच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
216It is very good that you have shown courage.
193लेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butवन
one
one
oneनम्बर
number
number
numberबनने
bannē
bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
become[inf.m.pl.,o.]के लिए
kē liē
kē liē[x]
forपहले
pahlē
pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.]
(x|firstly)विन
win
win
winकरना पड़ेगा
karnā paṛēgā
karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2]
do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2].
.
.
.
217However, in order to become number one, you first of all have to win.
194कर रहे हैं
kar rahē haĩ
karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]
do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
!
218You are doing that, are you not?
195करेंगे
karē̃gē
karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]नहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notकहना
kahnā
kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.]
say[inf.m.sg.d.],
,
,
, कर रहे हैं
kar rahē haĩ
karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]
do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3].
.
.
.
219Don't say that you will do that, but that you are doing that.
196दूसरे
dūsrē
dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
otherभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooसुन रहे हैं
sun rahē haĩ
sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]
listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3].
.
.
.
220Others are also listening.
197आज
āj
āj
todayसुना
sunā
sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root]
(listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root])कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatपुराने
purānē
purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
oldसिन्ध
sindh
sindh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Sindhके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)ब्रह्मा
brahmā
brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Brahmaके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)साथी
sāthī
sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.]
companionबहुत
bahut
bahut
veryआये हैं
āyē haĩ
ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]
come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3].
.
.
.
221Baba heard that, today, many of Brahma Baba's friends from the old Sindh have come.
198हाथ उठाओ
hāth uṭhāō
hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
raise your hands.
.
.
.
222Raise your hands!
199हिन्दी
hindī
hindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
hindiनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notसिन्धी
sindhī
sindhī[adj.]
x.
.
.
. 200बच्चे
bachchē
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
childउठो
uṭhō
uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2],
,
,
, परिवार
parivār
parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.]
familyके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)परिवार
parivār
parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.]
familyआये हैं
āyē haĩ
ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]
come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3].
.
.
.
223Not Hindi; Sindhi children, stand up! (children of the Sindhi families). 224Whole families have come.
201अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achcha.
.
.
.
225Achcha.
202कोई
kōī
kōī[pn.;d.]
someकमाल
kamāl
kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xदिखायेंगे
dikhāyēṅgē
dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
x[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
!
226You will show wonders, will you not?
203क्या
kyā
kyā
whatदिखायेंगे
dikhāyēṅgē
dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
227What wonders will you show?
204 (
(
(
(मैसेज
message
message
messageदेंगे
dēgē
dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
give[fut.m.pl.12hon3])
)
)
) वह
vah
vah[pn.sg.d.]
thatतो
tō
tō
thenकर
kar
karnā[root]
do[root]ही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyरहे हो
rahē hō
rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2]
remain[pres-perf.pl.m.2].
.
.
.
228(We will give Baba's message.) 229You are doing that anyway.
205अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achcha38
38
38
38आये हैं
āyē haĩ
ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]
come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3],
,
,
, तो
tō
tō
thenक्या
kyā
kyā
whatकमाल
kamāl
kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xकरेंगे
karē̃gē
karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
230Achcha, 38 people have come. 231So, what wonders will you perform?
206चलो
chalō
chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]ज्यादा
jyādā
jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
moreनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notकहते हैं
kahtē haĩ
kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
say[pres.pl.m.12hon3],
,
,
, छोटी-सी
chhōṭī-sī
chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]
smallबात
bāt
bāt[n.f.;sg.]
matterकहते हैं
kahtē haĩ
kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
say[pres.pl.m.12hon3],
,
,
, करने
karnē
karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
do[inf.m.pl.,o.]के लिए
kē liē
kē liē[x]
forतैयार
taiyār
taiyār[adj.]
xहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
?
?
?
232Baba is not telling you to do a lot. 233Baba is only telling you to do something very small. 234Are you ready to do that?
207बच्चे
bachchē
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
childभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooकमाल
kamāl
kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xकरेंगे
karē̃gē
karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ना
nā
nā
∅ ?
?
?
?
235Will the children also perform this wonder?
208 (
(
(
(38
38
38
38लाख
lākh
lākh[x]
100,000बनायेंगे
banāyēṅgē
banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
create[fut.m.pl.12hon3])
)
)
) पद्मगुणा
padmaguṇā
padamguṇā
multimillion-foldमुबारक
mubārak
mubārak[n.f.;sg.]
congratulationsहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]).
.
.
.
236(We will create 3.8 million.) 237Multimillionfold congratulations!
209आपने
āpnē
āp[pn.pl.nē]
you[.nē]तो
tō
tō
thenबड़ी
baṛī
baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]
veryबात
bāt
bāt[n.f.;sg.]
matterबता दी
batā dī
batānā[past-part.f..root+dēnā]
tell[past-part.f..root+dēnā]लेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butबापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaछोटी
chhōṭī
chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]
smallबात
bāt
bāt[n.f.;sg.]
matterकहते हैं
kahtē haĩ
kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]वह
vah
vah[pn.sg.d.]
thatएक
ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneएक
ēk
ēk[adj.]
one,
,
,
, एक
ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneको
kō
kō[postp.]
toलाओ
lāō
lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
. 210लाना है
lānā hai
lānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]
x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
?
?
?
238You have said something very big, but Baba is telling you to do something very small, and that is, that each one of you has to bring another one.
211एक
ēk
ēk[adj.]
one,
,
,
, एक
ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneको
kō
kō[postp.]
toलाओ
lāō
lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
239Are you going to bring one?
212बच्चे
bachchē
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
childहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3]तो
tō
tō
thenबच्चों
bachchō̃
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.]
childको
kō
kō[postp.]
toलाओ
lāō
lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
240One should bring one other. 241Children should bring children.
213मातायें
mātāyē̃
mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.]
motherहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3]तो
tō
tō
thenभाई
bhāī
bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.]
(brother|be liked[past-part.f.])को
kō
kō[postp.]
toलायें
lāyē̃
lānā[opt.pl.12hon3]
x[opt.pl.12hon3]या
yā
yā
orबहन
bahan
bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.]
xको
kō
kō[postp.]
toलायें
lāyē̃
lānā[opt.pl.12hon3]
x[opt.pl.12hon3],
,
,
, लेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butएक-एक
ēk-ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneको
kō
kō[postp.]
toएक
ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneलाना है
lānā hai
lānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]
x[pres.sg.23.oblig1].
.
.
.
242Mothers should bring their husbands or their sisters, but each one has to bring another one. 243Look at this group.
214यह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisग्रुप
group
group
groupदेख लो
dēkh lō
dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā]
see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā],
,
,
, आप
āp
āp[pn.pl.]
youइसको
iskō
yah[pn.sg.kō]
this[.kō]गाइड
guide
guide
guideकरना
karnā
karnā[inf.m.sg.d.]
do[inf.m.sg.d.],
,
,
, अगले
aglē
aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
nextसाल
sāl
sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]
yearलेकर
lēkar
lēnā[abs.]
take[abs.]ही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyआना
ānā
ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
(come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x),
,
,
, डबल
double
double
doubleग्रुप
group
group
groupलेकर
lēkar
lēnā[abs.]
take[abs.]आना
ānā
ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
(come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x).
.
.
.
244You guide them. 245Next year, you have to bring them. 246Come with a group double the size.
215बापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaयही
yahī
yahī[pn.;d.]
thisचाहते हैं
chāhtē haĩ
chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatजहाँ
jahā̃
jahā̃
where thereसे
sē
sē[postp.]
fromआदि
ādi
ādi[adj.]
etc.हुई
huī
hōnā[past-part.f.]
be[past-part.f.],
,
,
, वहाँ
vahā̃
vahā̃
thereही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyप्रत्यक्षता
pratyakṣhatā
pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.]
revelationहोनी है
hōnī hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]
be[pres.sg.23.oblig1].
.
.
.
247BapDada wants revelation to take place where the beginning took place. 248You do feel mercy, do you not?
216रहम
rahm
rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.]
mercy आता है
ātā hai
ānā[pres.sg.m.23]
come[pres.sg.m.23]ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
! 217ब्रह्मा
brahmā
brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Brahmaबाप
bāp
bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
fatherके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)देश
dēśh
dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
landके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)वासी
vāsī
vāsī[adj.]
residentहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])तो
tō
tō
thenदेश
dēśh
dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
landवासियों
vāsiyō̃
vāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.]
residentसे
sē
sē[postp.]
fromप्यार
pyār
pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.]
loveहोता है
hōtā hai
hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]
be[pres.sg.m.23].
.
.
.
249You are residents of Father Brahma's land and so there is love for the residents of the same country as your own.
218आपके
āpkē
āp[pn.pl.kē]
you[.kē]पास
pās|pass
pās|pass
(x|pass)खज़ाने
khazānē
khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
treasureबहुत
bahut
bahut
veryहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3],
,
,
, गुणों
guṇō̃
guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.]
virtueका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofखज़ाना
khazānā
khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
treasureकितना
kitnā
kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
soबड़ा
baṛā
baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
veryहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23],
,
,
, शक्तियों
śhaktiyō̃
śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.]
Shaktiका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofखज़ाना
khazānā
khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
treasureकितना
kitnā
kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
soबड़ा
baṛā
baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
veryहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
250You have many treasures. 251The treasure of virtues is so big. 252The treasure of all powers is so big.
219तो
tō
tō
thenगुण
guṇ
guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]
virtueदान
dān
dān[n.m.;sg.,d.]
donation,
,
,
, शक्तियों
śhaktiyō̃
śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.]
Shaktiका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofदान
dān
dān[n.m.;sg.,d.]
donationकरने
karnē
karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले
vālē
vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
those whoमास्टर
master
master
masterदाता
dātā
dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
bestowerबनो
banō
bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
253Therefore, become master bestowers who donate virtues and powers.
220जो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooआये
āyē
ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]
(come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.])चाहे
chāhē
chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23]
(x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])सम्बन्ध
sambandh
sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
relationshipमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inआये
āyē
ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]
(come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]),
,
,
, चाहे
chāhē
chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23]
(x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])सम्पर्क
samparka
sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inआये
āyē
ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]
(come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.])लेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butउनको
unkō
vah[pn.pl.kō]
that[.kō]कोई न कोई
kōī na kōī
kōī na kōī[x]
one .. or anotherगुण
guṇ
guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]
virtueया
yā
yā
orशक्ति
śhakti
śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
Shaktiकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)गिफ्ट
gift
gift
giftदे
dē
dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23]
(give[root]|give[opt.sg.23])देना
dēnā
dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.]
give[inf.m.sg.d.].
.
.
.
254You must definitely give a gift of one or other virtue or power to all those who come into connection with you or into relationship with you.
221कोइर्
kōir
x
xखाली
khālī
khālī[adj.]
emptyहाथ
hāth
hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.]
handनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notजाये
jāyē
jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]
go[past-part.m.pl.,o.].
.
.
.
255No one should go away empty-handed.
222और कुछ
aur kuchh
aur kuchh[x]
xनहीं तो
nahī̃ tō
nahī̃ tō[x]
otherwiseबाप
bāp
bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
fatherके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)सन्देश
sandēśh
sandēśh[x]
messageके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)मीठे
mīṭhē
mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
sweetबोल
bōl
bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root]
(x|speak[root]),
,
,
, वह
vah
vah[pn.sg.d.]
thatमीठे
mīṭhē
mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
sweetबोल
bōl
bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root]
(x|speak[root])भी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooगिफ्ट
gift
gift
giftदेना
dēnā
dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.]
give[inf.m.sg.d.].
.
.
.
256If not anything else, give them the gift of the sweet words of the Father's message.
223दुनिया
duniyā
duniyā[n.f.;sg.]
worldवाले
vālē
vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
those whoतो
tō
tō
thenकोई भी
kōī bhī
kōī bhī[x]
anyoneउत्सव
utsav
utsav[x]
xहोता है
hōtā hai
hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]
be[pres.sg.m.23]ना
nā
nā
∅तो
tō
tō
thenएक
ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneदो
dō
dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
(two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])को
kō
kō[postp.]
toमुख
mukh
mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
mouthमीठा
mīṭhā
mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
sweetकराते हैं
karātē haĩ
karānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
make commit[pres.pl.m.12hon3].
.
.
.
257Whenever people of the world hold a festival, they definitely sweeten the mouth of others.
224लेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butबापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaकहते हैं
kahtē haĩ
kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]मुख
mukh
mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
mouthमीठा
mīṭhā
mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
sweetतो
tō
tō
thenकराना
karānā
karānā[inf.m.sg.d.]
make commit[inf.m.sg.d.]ही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butअपना
apnā
apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
(adopt[root]|one’s own)मीठा
mīṭhā
mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
sweetमुखड़ा
mukhṛā
mukhṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
faceभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooदिखाना है
dikhānā hai
dikhānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]
x[pres.sg.23.oblig1].
.
.
.
258BapDada says: You have to sweeten their mouth, but you must also show your sweet face. 259Let it not just be your sweet mouth, but let your face be sweet.
225सिर्फ
sirph
sirph[adj.]
onlyमुख
mukh
mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
mouthमीठा
mīṭhā
mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
sweetनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
not,
,
,
, मुखड़ा
mukhṛā
mukhṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
faceभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooमीठा
mīṭhā
mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
sweet.
.
.
.
260You have accumulated this much sweetness, have you not?
226इतनी
itnī
itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]
suchमधुरता
madhurtā
madhurtā[n.f.;sg.]
sweetnessजमा है
jamā hai
jamnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]
x[pres-perf.sg.m.23]ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
! 227जो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatबांटो
bāṇṭō
bāṇṭnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
distribute[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]तो भी
tō bhī
tō bhī[x]
∅भरपूर
bharpūr
bharpūr[adj.]
fullरहो
rahō
rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]और
aur
aur
andइस
is
yah[pn.sg.o.]
thisखज़ाने
khazānē
khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
treasureको
kō
kō[postp.]
toतो
tō
tō
thenजितना
jitnā
jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
the moreबांटेंगे
bāṇṭē̃gē
bāṇṭnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
distribute[fut.m.pl.12hon3]उतना
utnā
utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
xबढ़ेगा
baṛhēgā
baṛhnā[fut.m.sg.23]
grow[fut.m.sg.23],
,
,
, कम
cum|kam
cum|kam[adj.]
(x|less)नहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notहोगा
hōgā
hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]
be[fut.m.sg.23].
.
.
.
261That, no matter how much you distribute, you still remain full? 262In fact, the more you distribute this treasure the more it increases. 263It will never run out.
228तो
tō
tō
thenइस
is
yah[pn.sg.o.]
thisवर्ष
varṣh
varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
yearनोट
note
note
noteकरना
karnā
karnā[inf.m.sg.d.]
do[inf.m.sg.d.],
,
,
, जो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooआत्मा
ātmā
ātmā[n.f.;sg.]
soulआई
eye|āī|I
eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I
(eye|come[past-part.f.]|x)उसको
uskō
vah[pn.sg.kō]
that[.kō]कुछ
kuchh
kuchh
anythingदिया
diyā
dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
give[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
?
?
?
264So, this year, note down whether you gave anything to whichever souls come in front of you.
229अगर
agar
agar
ifसुनने
sunnē
sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
listen[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाला
vālā
vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
those whoनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]तो
tō
tō
thenमीठी
mīṭhī
mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]
sweetशक्तिशाली
śhaktiśhālī
śhaktiśhālī[adj.]
powerfulदृष्टि
dr̥iṣhṭi
dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.]
drishtiदेना
dēnā
dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.]
give[inf.m.sg.d.].
.
.
.
265If they are not going to listen, then just give them sweet, powerful drishti.
230लेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butदेना
dēnā
dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.]
give[inf.m.sg.d.]जरूर
jarūr
zarūr
definitely.
.
.
. 231खाली
khālī
khālī[adj.]
emptyनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notजाये
jāyē
jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]
go[past-part.m.pl.,o.].
.
.
.
266However, you must definitely give them something.
232यह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisतो
tō
tō
thenसहज
sahaj
sahaj[adj.]
easyहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
! 233कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatमुश्किल
muśhkil
muśhkil[adj.]
difficultहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23] ?
?
?
?
267No one should go away empty-handed.
234यूथ
youth
youth
youthग्रुप
group
group
groupसहज
sahaj
sahaj[adj.]
easyहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23] ?
?
?
?
268This is easy, is it not?
235हाथ
hāth
hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.]
handतो
tō
tō
thenबहुत
bahut
bahut
veryअच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaहिला रहे हैं
hilā rahē haĩ
hilānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]
make fluctuate[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3].
.
.
.
269Or is it difficult? 270Youth Group, is this easy?
236यूथ
youth
youth
youthग्रुप
group
group
groupभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooअच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaआया है
āyā hai
ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]
come[pres-perf.sg.m.23].
.
.
.
271You are waving your hands very well.
237डबल
double
double
doubleविदेशी
vidēśhī
vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.]
foreignerयूथ
youth
youth
youthरिट्रीट
retreat
retreat
xग्रुप
group
group
group-
-
-
-सबसे
sabsē
sabsē
the mostश्रेष्ठ
śhrēṣhṭh
śhrēṣhṭha[adj.]
elevatedशक्ति
śhakti
śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
Shaktiयूथ
youth
youth
youthके लिए
kē liē
kē liē[x]
forहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]-
-
-
-परिवर्तन शक्ति
parivartan śhakti
parivartan śhakti[x]
x.
.
.
. 238सोचा
sōchā
sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
think[past-part.m.sg.d.]और
aur
aur
andकिया
kiyā
karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
do[past-part.m.sg.d.].
.
.
.
272A very good youth group has come. 273Double Foreigners Youth Retreat Group: The most elevated power for Youth is the power of transformation.
239यूथ
youth
youth
youthने
nē
nē[postp.]
∅वायदे
vāydē
vāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
promiseबहुत
bahut
bahut
veryकिये हैं
kiyē haĩ
karnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]
do[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
!
274As soon as you think about something, you do it.
240बापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaने
nē
nē[postp.]
∅समाचार
samāchār
samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.]
newsसुना है
sunā hai
sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]
listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23].
.
.
.
275Youth have made a lot of promises. 276BapDada has heard the news.
241सभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allयूथ
youth
youth
youthकौन
kaun
kaun[pn.;d.]
whoबन गये
ban gayē
bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]
become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ?
?
?
?
277What have all the Youth become?
242 (
(
(
(सभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allयूथ
youth
youth
youthहाथ
hāth
hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.]
handहिला रहे हैं
hilā rahē haĩ
hilānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]
make fluctuate[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3])
)
)
) सब
sab
sab[adj.]
allतिलकधारी
tilakdhārī
tilakdhārī[adj.]
xबनकर
bankar
bannā[abs.]
become[abs.]आये हैं
āyē haĩ
ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]
come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3],
,
,
, जिन्होंने
jinhōnnē
jō[pn.pl.nē]
that[.nē]विशेष
viśhēṣh
viśhēṣh[adj.]
specialरिफ्रेशमेंट
refreshment
refreshment
xकी है
kī hai
karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23]
do[pres-perf.sg.f.23]वह
vah
vah[pn.sg.d.]
thatतिलकधारी
tilakdhārī
tilakdhārī[adj.]
xखड़े
khaṛē
khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
standingरहो
rahō
rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
278(All the Youth were waving their hands.) 279All of you have come wearing a tilak. 280Those who have had special refreshment, and are also wearing a tilak, stand up!
243 (
(
(
(तिलक
tilak
tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.]
tilakलगाकर
lagākar
lagānā[abs.]
attach[abs.]बैठे हैं
baiṭhē haĩ
baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]
sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3])
)
)
) अच्छी
achchhī
achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]
achchaनिशानी
niśhānī
niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
signलगाई है
lagāī hai
lagānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23]
attach[pres-perf.sg.f.23].
.
.
.
281(All the Youth had a golden tilak applied.) 282You have applied a good symbol.
244आत्मा
ātmā
ātmā[n.f.;sg.]
soulचमक गई है
chamak gaī hai
chamaknā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā]
x[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā]ना
nā
nā
∅ ?
?
?
?
283The soul is sparkling, is it not?
245जो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatसमझते हैं
samajhtē haĩ
samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatहमारी
hamārī
ham[pn.pl.kī]
we[.kī]इस
is
yah[pn.sg.o.]
thisट्रेनिंग
training
training
trainingसे
sē
sē[postp.]
fromगोल्डन
golden
golden
goldenहार्ट
heart
heart
xबन गई
ban gaī
bannā[past-part.f..root+jānā]
become[past-part.f..root+jānā],
,
,
, वह
vah
vah[pn.sg.d.]
thatहाथ उठाओ
hāth uṭhāō
hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
raise your hands.
.
.
.
284Those who feel that through this training their heart has become golden, raise your hands!
246गोल्डन
golden
golden
goldenहार्ट
heart
heart
xबन गई
ban gaī
bannā[past-part.f..root+jānā]
become[past-part.f..root+jānā].
.
.
.
285Your heart has become golden.
247यह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisतो
tō
tō
thenसबसे
sabsē
sabsē
the mostआगे
āgē
āgē
previouslyचले गये
chalē gayē
chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..past-part+jānā]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive]
(continue[past-part.m.pl.,o..past-part+jānā]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive]).
.
.
.
286You have gone ahead of everyone.
248गोल्डन
golden
golden
goldenस्टार
star
star
starनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
not,
,
,
, गोल्डन
golden
golden
goldenहार्ट
heart
heart
x.
.
.
.
287Not a golden star, but a golden heart.
249फिर
phir
phirnā[root]|phir[adv.]
(turn[root]|then)तो
tō
tō
thenसफलता
saphaltā
saphaltā[n.f.;sg.]
successमूर्त
mūrt
mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.]
imageहो गये
hō gayē
hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]
be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā].
.
.
.
288In that case you have become an embodiment of success.
250अभी
abhī
ab[adv.hī]
nowगोल्डन
golden
golden
goldenहार्ट
heart
heart
xप्लेन
plain|plane
plain|plane
(plain|plane)में
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inथोड़ा
thōṛā
thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
shortनीचे
nīchē
nīchē
downतो
tō
tō
thenनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notआ जायेगी
ā jāyēgī
ānā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā]
come[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā],
,
,
, अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaअपने
apnē
apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
one’s ownदेश
dēśh
dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
landमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inजाके
jākē
jānā[abs.]
go[abs.]थोड़ा
thōṛā
thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
shortगोल्डन
golden
golden
goldenसिल्वर
silver
silver
silverबनेंगी
banē̃gī
bannā[fut.f.pl.12hon3]
become[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
289Now, you golden hearts will not come down when you are on the plane, will you? 290Achcha, when you go back to your country, will the golden become silver?
251नहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notबनेगी
banēgī
bannā[fut.f.sg.23]
become[fut.f.sg.23] ?
?
?
?
291Will it not become this?
252अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
292It is good.
253ऐसे
aisē
aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
suchतैयार
taiyār
taiyār[adj.]
xहो जाओ
hō jāō
hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā]
be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā]जो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatभारत
bhārat
bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Bharatकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)आत्माओं
ātmāō̃
ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.]
soulको
kō
kō[postp.]
toजगाओ
jagāō
jagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
awaken[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
293Become so ready that you awaken the souls of Bharat.
254है
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]हिम्मत
himmat
himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
courage ?
?
?
?
294Do you have this courage?
255भारत
bhārat
bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Bharatको
kō
kō[postp.]
toजगायेंगे
jagāyēṅgē
jagānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
awaken[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
295Will you awaken Bharat?
256बहुत
bahut
bahut
veryटेढ़े-बांके
ṭēṛhē-bāṅkē
x
xक्वेश्चन
question
question
questionकरेंगे
karē̃gē
karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]भारत
bhārat
bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Bharatवाले
vālē
vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
those who.
.
.
.
296The people of Bharat will ask you all sorts of tricky questions.
257उत्तर
uttar
uttar[n.m.;sg.,d.]
answerदेंगे
dēgē
dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
297Will you reply to them?
258आप
āp
āp[pn.pl.]
youसबका
sabkā
sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
everyone'sफोटो
phōṭō
photo
photographटी
T
T
x.
.
.
.वी
we|V
we|V
(x).
.
.
.में
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inआ रहा है
ā rahā hai
ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23]
come[pres.sg.m.prog.23].
.
.
.
298The photo of all of you is being taken by the TV.
259तो
tō
tō
thenआप
āp
āp[pn.pl.]
youसबको
sabkō
sabkō
everythingनिमन्त्रण
nimantraṇ
nimantraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]
invitationआयेगा
āyēgā
ānā[fut.m.sg.23]
come[fut.m.sg.23]भारत
bhārat
bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Bharatको
kō
kō[postp.]
toजगाने
jagānē
jagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
awaken[inf.m.pl.,o.]के लिए
kē liē
kē liē[x]
for.
.
.
.
299So, all of you will receive invitations to awaken Bharat.
260तो
tō
tō
thenएवररेडी
ever ready
ever ready
ever-readyरहना
rahnā
rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.]
remain[inf.m.sg.d.].
.
.
.
300Therefore, remain ever-ready.
261अगर
agar
agar
ifटिकेट
ticket
ticket
xनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notहोगी
hōgī
hōnā[fut.f.sg.23]
be[fut.f.sg.23]तो
tō
tō
thenमिल जायेगी
mil jāyēgī
milnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā]
receive[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā].
.
.
.
301If you don't have a ticket, you will receive one.
262बापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaको
kō
kō[postp.]
toपता
patā
patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
knowledgeहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatडबल
double
double
doubleफारेनर्स
foreigners
foreigner
foreignerकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)विशेषता
viśhēṣhtā
viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.]
specialityहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23],
,
,
, एक
ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneसाल
sāl
sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]
yearहोकर
hōkar
hōnā[abs.]
be[abs.]जाते हैं
jātē haĩ
jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
go[pres.pl.m.12hon3],
,
,
, दूसरे
dūsrē
dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
otherसाल
sāl
sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]
yearकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)तैयारी
taiyārī
taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
xसारे
sārē
sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
the wholeवर्ष
varṣh
varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
yearमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inकरते जाते हैं
kartē jātē haĩ
karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā]
do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā].
.
.
.
302BapDada knows that the speciality of double foreigners is that they come one year and then they make preparations throughout the year to come the next year.
263अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
303It is good.
264कितने
kitnē
kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
soदेशों
dēśhō̃
dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.]
landके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)यूथ
youth
youth
youthहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
304From how many countries have the Youth come?
265 (
(
(
(21
21
21
21देशों
dēśhō̃
dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.]
landके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K))
)
)
) बापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaजानते हैं
jāntē haĩ
jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
know[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatयह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisगोल्डन
golden
golden
goldenहार्ट
heart
heart
xकमाल
kamāl
kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xकरेंगे
karē̃gē
karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
do[fut.m.pl.12hon3].
.
.
.
305(21 countries). 306BapDada knows that these golden hearts will perform wonders.
266अटेन्शन
attention
attention
attentionअच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaरखा है
rakhā hai
rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]
keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23].
.
.
.
307You have maintained attention well.
267स्व-पुरूषार्थ
sv-purūṣārtha
x
xका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofअटेन्शन
attention
attention
attentionज्यादा
jyādā
jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
moreइस
is
yah[pn.sg.o.]
thisबारी
bārī
bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
xअन्डरलाइन
underline
underline
underlineकिया है
kiyā hai
karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]
do[pres-perf.sg.m.23].
.
.
.
308You have deeply underlined paying attention to your own effort.
268बापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaखुश
khuśh
khuśh[adj.]
happyहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
309BapDada is pleased.
269अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]ग्रुप-ग्रुप
group-group
group
groupबनने
bannē
bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
become[inf.m.pl.,o.]से
sē
sē[postp.]
fromअटेन्शन
attention
attention
attentionजाता है
jātā hai
jānā[pres.sg.m.23]
go[pres.sg.m.23].
.
.
.
310It is good. 311When groups are created, attention is drawn.
270सारे
sārē
sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
the wholeसंगठन
saṅgaṭhan
saṅgaṭhan[x]
gatheringके बजाए
kē bajāē
kē bajāē[x]
instead ofग्रुप
group
group
groupअच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaहोता है
hōtā hai
hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]
be[pres.sg.m.23]लेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butपॉजिटिव
positive
positive
positiveहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]).
.
.
.
312It is better in a group than in a gathering as a whole, but it should be positive. 313Achcha.
271अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achcha-
-
-
- (
(
(
(बापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaग्रुप-ग्रुप
group-group
group
groupउठा रहे हैं
uṭhā rahē haĩ
uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]
uplift[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3])
)
)
) (
(
(
(अन्तर्मुखी
antarmukhī
antarmukhī[adj.]
introvertedग्रुप
group
group
group)
)
)
) अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaपुरूषार्थ
purūṣhārth
puruṣhārth
effortकिया है
kiyā hai
karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]
do[pres-perf.sg.m.23].
.
.
.
314(BapDada then asked the different groups to stand up.) 315(Antarmukhi group - Kumaris) You have made good effort.
272बापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaदेखते है
dēkhtē hai
dēkhnā[x]
see[x]कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatहर
har|her
har|harnā[root]|her
(x|x[root])ग्रुप
group
group
groupयही
yahī
yahī[pn.;d.]
thisचाहता है
chāhtā hai
chāhnā[pres.sg.m.23]
x[pres.sg.m.23]कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatहम
ham
ham[pn.pl.]
weआगे
āgē
āgē
previouslyसे
sē
sē[postp.]
fromआगे
āgē
āgē
previouslyजायें
jāyē̃
jānā[opt.pl.12hon3]
go[opt.pl.12hon3].
.
.
.
316BapDada sees that every group wants to go ahead the most.
273रीस
rīs
rīs[n.f.;sg.]
competitionनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notकरते
kartē
karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]
do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.],
,
,
, रेस
race
race
raceकरते हैं
kartē haĩ
karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
do[pres.pl.m.12hon3].
.
.
.
317You don't compete but you have a race. 318It is good.
274अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23],
,
,
, अन्तर्मुखी
antarmukhī
antarmukhī[adj.]
introvertedसदा
sadā
sadā
constantlyसुखी
sukhī
sukhī[adj.]
happy.
.
.
.
319Those who are introverted are constantly happy.
275 (
(
(
(शक्ति
śhakti
śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
Shaktiग्रुप
group
group
group)
)
)
) -
-
-
-बापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaशक्ति
śhakti
śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
Shaktiग्रुप
group
group
groupसे
sē
sē[postp.]
fromपूछते हैं
pūchhtē haĩ
pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatप्रत्यक्षता
pratyakṣhatā
pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.]
revelationका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofझण्डा
jhaṇḍā
jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
flagकब
kab
kab
whenलहरायेंगे
laharāyēṅgē
laharānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
hoist[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
320(Shakti group - Mothers) BapDada is asking the Shakti group: When will you hoist the flag of revelation?
276बोलो
bōlō
bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2],
,
,
, शक्तियां
śhaktiyā̃
śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.]
Shaktiतो
tō
tō
thenझण्डा
jhaṇḍā
jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
flagलहराने
laharānē
laharānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
hoist[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाली
vālī
vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]
those whoहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3]ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
!
321Speak! 322You Shaktis are those who hoist the flag, are you not?
277तो
tō
tō
thenप्रत्यक्षता
pratyakṣhatā
pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.]
revelationका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofझण्डा
jhaṇḍā
jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
flagशक्तियां
śhaktiyā̃
śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.]
Shaktiलहरायेंगी
laharāyēṅgī
x
xना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
!
323So, you Shaktis will hoist the flag of revelation, will you not?
278अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
324It is good.
279अभी
abhī
ab[adv.hī]
nowआपस में
āpas mē̃
āpas mē̃[x]
with each otherरूहरूहान
rūharūhān
x
xकर
kar
karnā[root]
do[root]डेट
date
date
dateको
kō
kō[postp.]
toफिक्स
fix
fix
fixकरना
karnā
karnā[inf.m.sg.d.]
do[inf.m.sg.d.].
.
.
.
325Now, discuss this amongst yourselves and fix a date for this.
280जैसे
jaisē
jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
likeऔर
aur
aur
andडेट फिक्स
date fix
date fix[x]
fix a dateकरते हो
kartē hō
karnā[pres.pl.m.2]
do[pres.pl.m.2]वैसे
vaisē
vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
xयह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooडेट फिक्स
date fix
date fix[x]
fix a dateकरना
karnā
karnā[inf.m.sg.d.]
do[inf.m.sg.d.]कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatप्रत्यक्षता
pratyakṣhatā
pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.]
revelationका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofझण्डा
jhaṇḍā
jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
flagकब
kab
kab
whenलहरेगा
laharēgā
laharānā[fut.m.sg.23]
hoist[fut.m.sg.23] ?
?
?
?
326Just as you fix other dates, similarly, fix a date for when the flag of revelation will be hoisted.
281लहरायेंगे
laharāyēṅgē
laharānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
hoist[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
!
327You will hoist it, will you not?
282 (
(
(
(महावीर
mahāvīr
mahāvīr[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Mahavirग्रुप
group
group
group)
)
)
) महावीर
mahāvīr
mahāvīr[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Mahavirग्रुप
group
group
groupक्या
kyā
kyā
whatकरेगा
karēgā
karnā[fut.m.sg.23]
do[fut.m.sg.23] ?
?
?
?
328(Mahavir group - Brothers) What will the Mahavir group do?
283साल
sāl
sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]
yearके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)साथ-साथ
sāth-sāth
sāth-sāth
xसदा
sadā
sadā
constantlyके लिए
kē liē
kē liē[x]
forमाया
māyā
māyā[n.f.;sg.]
Mayaको
kō
kō[postp.]
toभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooविदाई
vidāī
vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
farewellदेना
dēnā
dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.]
give[inf.m.sg.d.].
.
.
.
329Together with bidding farewell to this year, also bid farewell to Maya.
284हो सकता है
hō saktā hai
hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]
be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
?
?
?
330Is this possible?
285माया
māyā
māyā[n.f.;sg.]
Mayaको
kō
kō[postp.]
toविदाई
vidāī
vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
farewellदेंगे
dēgē
dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
331Will you bid farewell to Maya?
286कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatआवे
āvē
ānā[opt.sg.23]
come[opt.sg.23]कोई
kōī
kōī[pn.;d.]
someहर्जा
harjā
harzā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
xनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
not ?
?
?
?
332Or, should it come to you and it doesn't matter?
287महावीर
mahāvīr
mahāvīr[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Mahavirका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofअर्थ
arth|earth
arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth
(meaning|earth)ही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]जैसे
jaisē
jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
likeब्रह्मा
brahmā
brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Brahmaबाप
bāp
bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
fatherने
nē
nē[postp.]
∅जो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatकहा
kahā
kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
say[past-part.m.sg.d.]वह
vah
vah[pn.sg.d.]
thatकिया है
kiyā hai
karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]
do[pres-perf.sg.m.23],
,
,
, जो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatसोचा
sōchā
sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
think[past-part.m.sg.d.]वह
vah
vah[pn.sg.d.]
thatतुरत दान महापुण्य
turat dān mahāpuṇya
turat dān mahāpuṇya[x]
Instant donations, great charity!समान
samān
samān[adj.]
equalकिया
kiyā
karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
do[past-part.m.sg.d.].
.
.
.
333The meaning of Mahavir is to be just like Brahma Baba - he did in a practical way whatever he said. 334He did immediately what he thought and this accumulated the charity of instant donation.
288ऐसे
aisē
aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
suchही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyमहावीर
mahāvīr
mahāvīr[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Mahavirग्रुप
group
group
groupका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofयह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisलक्ष्य
lakṣhya
lakṣhya[adj.]
aimहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
!
335In the same way, you Mahavir group also have this aim, do you not?
289करेंगे
karē̃gē
karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
336Will you do this?
290अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
337It is good.
291हिम्मत
himmat
himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
courageतो
tō
tō
thenआती है
ātī hai
ānā[pres.sg.f.23]
come[pres.sg.f.23].
.
.
.
338You do have courage.
292 (
(
(
(विदेश
vidēśh
vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
abroadके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)छोटे
chhōṭē
chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
smallबच्चों
bachchō̃
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.]
childका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofग्रुप
group
group
group)
)
)
) सभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allने
nē
nē[postp.]
∅अपनी
apnī
apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.]
one’s ownनिशानी
niśhānī
niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
signलगाई है
lagāī hai
lagānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23]
attach[pres-perf.sg.f.23].
.
.
.
339The group of little children from abroad. 340All of you have your own signs.
293 (
(
(
(यूथ
youth
youth
youthने
nē
nē[postp.]
∅तिलक
tilak
tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.]
tilakलगाया है
lagāyā hai
lagānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]
attach[pres-perf.sg.m.23],
,
,
, इन्होंने
inhōnnē
yah[pn.pl.nē]
this[.nē]बैनर
banner
banner
bannerबनाया है
banāyā hai
banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]
create[pres-perf.sg.m.23],
,
,
, झण्डी
jhaṇḍī
jhaṇḍī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
flagहाथ
hāth
hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.]
handमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
341(International group of children were holding a flag and had made a banner saying - Angels to Deities).
294)
)
)
) एंजिल
ēñjil
x
xसे
sē
sē[postp.]
fromदेवता बन गये
dēvtā ban gayē
dēvtā bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]
become deity,
,
,
, कितना
kitnā
kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
soअच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
342You have become angels to deities; it is so good.
295तो
tō
tō
thenदेवता
dēvtā
dēvtā[n.f.;sg.]
deityमाना
mānā
mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
(means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.])दिव्य
divya
divya[adj.]
divineगुण
guṇ
guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]
virtueवाले
vālē
vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
those who.
.
.
.
343So, deities means those with divine virtues.
296तो
tō
tō
thenदिव्य
divya
divya[adj.]
divineगुण
guṇ
guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]
virtueको
kō
kō[postp.]
toकभी
kabhī
kabhī[adv.]
everनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notछोड़ना
chhōṛnā
chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.]
renounce[inf.m.sg.d.].
.
.
.
344So, never let go of the divine virtues.
297अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
345It is good.
298बच्चों
bachchō̃
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.]
childका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofउमंग-उत्साह
umaṅg-utsāh
umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
zeal and enthusiasmबढ़ता है
baṛhtā hai
baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23]
grow[pres.sg.m.23].
.
.
.
346Children's zeal and enthusiasm increases.
299इण्डिया
india
India
Indiaके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)बच्चे
bachchē
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
childभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooउठो
uṭhō
uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]-
-
-
- (
(
(
(भारत
bhārat
bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Bharatसे
sē
sē[postp.]
from1000
1000
1000
1000बच्चे
bachchē
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
childआये हैं
āyē haĩ
ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]
come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3])
)
)
) अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]भारत
bhārat
bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Bharatऔर
aur
aur
andविदेश
vidēśh
vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
abroadके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)सब
sab
sab[adj.]
allदेशों
dēśhō̃
dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.]
landके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)मिलकरके
milkarkē
milnā[abs.]
receive[abs.]दिल्ली
dillī
dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
Delhiको
kō
kō[postp.]
toघेराव
ghērāv
ghērāv[n.m.;sg.,d.]
surroundingकरो
karō
karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
347Children of India too stand up. 348(About 1000 children have come from India.) 349Children from Bharat and abroad should all come together and completely surround Delhi.
300दिल्ली
dillī
dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
Delhiको
kō
kō[postp.]
toअपनी
apnī
apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.]
one’s ownराजधानी
rājdhānī
rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
kingdomबनाना है
banānā hai
banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]
create[pres.sg.23.oblig1]ना
nā
nā
∅ ?
?
?
?
350You are going to make Delhi your kingdom, are you not?
301तो
tō
tō
thenपहले
pahlē
pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.]
(x|firstly)राजधानी
rājdhānī
rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
kingdomतैयार
taiyār
taiyār[adj.]
xकरेंगे
karē̃gē
karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
do[fut.m.pl.12hon3],
,
,
, तब
tab
tab
for only thenतो
tō
tō
thenराज्य करेंगे
rājya karē̃gē
rājya karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
xना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
!
351Therefore, you will first prepare the kingdom and then you will rule there, will you not?
302ऐसा
aisā
aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
suchदिल्ली
dillī
dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
Delhiके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)चारों ओर
chārō̃ ōr
chārō̃ ōr[x]
everywhereघेराव
ghērāv
ghērāv[n.m.;sg.,d.]
surroundingकरो
karō
karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]जो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatसारे
sārē
sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
the wholeभारत
bhārat
bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Bharatके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)वी
we|V
we|V
(x).
.
.
.आई
eye|āī|I
eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I
(eye|come[past-part.f.]|x).
.
.
.पी
P|pī
P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.]
(P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]).
.
.
.जग जावें
jag jāvē̃
jagnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]
wake up[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā].
.
.
.
352Surround Delhi on all sides in such a way that all the VIPs of Bharat awaken.
303भारत
bhārat
bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Bharatके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)बच्चे
bachchē
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
childभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooकरेंगे
karē̃gē
karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
!
353You children of Bharat will also do this, will you not?
304अच्छे
achchhē
achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
achchaहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3],
,
,
, भारत
bhārat
bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Bharatभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooकम
cum|kam
cum|kam[adj.]
(x|less)नहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
354It is good. 355Bharat is no less.
305बच्चे
bachchē
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
childअच्छे-अच्छे
achchhē-achchhē
achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
achchaआये हैं
āyē haĩ
ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]
come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3].
.
.
.
356Very good children have come.
306अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achcha.
.
.
.
357Achcha.
307अभी
abhī
ab[adv.hī]
nowइस
is
yah[pn.sg.o.]
thisवर्ष
varṣh
varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
yearनवीता
navītā
x
xक्या
kyā
kyā
whatकरेंगे
karē̃gē
karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
358Now, what newness will you bring this year?
308अभी
abhī
ab[adv.hī]
nowबापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaने
nē
nē[postp.]
∅जो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatकाम
kām
kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]
(task|lust)दिया है
diyā hai
dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]
give[pres-perf.sg.m.23],
,
,
, वह
vah
vah[pn.sg.d.]
thatकिया
kiyā
karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
do[past-part.m.sg.d.]नहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
359You have not yet done the work BapDada gave you.
309माइक
mike
mike
mikeऔर
aur
aur
andवारिस
vāris
vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.]
heirका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofग्रुप
group
group
groupकहाँ
kahā̃
kahā̃
whereलाया है
lāyā hai
lānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]
x[pres-perf.sg.m.23].
.
.
.
360You haven't yet brought the group of "mikes" and heirs.
310बापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaयही
yahī
yahī[pn.;d.]
thisकहते हैं
kahtē haĩ
kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]वेट एण्ड सी
wait and see
wait and see[x]
wait and see[x].
.
.
.
361BapDada always says: Wait and see.
311प्रत्यक्षता
pratyakṣhatā
pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.]
revelationका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofझण्डा
jhaṇḍā
jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
flagयह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisमाइक
mike
mike
mikeलहराने
laharānē
laharānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
hoist[inf.m.pl.,o.]में
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inहोशियार
hōśhiyār
hōśhiyār[adj.]
cleverहोते हैं
hōtē haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.m.12hon3].
.
.
.
362"Mikes" are clever in hoisting the flag of revelation.
312हैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3]अलग-अलग
alag-alag
alag[adj.]
separateदेशों
dēśhō̃
dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.]
landमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inकोई-कोई
kōī-kōī
kōī[pn.;d.]
someमाइक
mike
mike
mikeहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butसंगठित
saṅgaṭhit
saṅgaṭhit[adj.]
xरूप
rūp
rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Rupमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inसामने
sāmnē
sāmnē
xनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notआये हैं
āyē haĩ
ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]
come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3],
,
,
, अभी
abhī
ab[adv.hī]
nowउन्हों
unhō̃
vah[pn.pl.o.]
thatको
kō
kō[postp.]
toइकट्ठा
ikaṭṭhā
ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
togetherकरो
karō
karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
363There are some "mikes" in different countries, but they have not come in front of Baba in a group. 364Now, bring them together.
313इकट्ठा
ikaṭṭhā
ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
togetherकरने
karnē
karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
do[inf.m.pl.,o.]से
sē
sē[postp.]
fromक्या
kyā
kyā
whatहोता है
hōtā hai
hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]
be[pres.sg.m.23] ?
?
?
?
365What happens when they come together?
314एक
ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneदो
dō
dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
(two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])को
kō
kō[postp.]
toदेखकरके
dēkhkarkē
dēkhnā[abs.]
see[abs.]उन्हों
unhō̃
vah[pn.pl.o.]
thatको
kō
kō[postp.]
toउमंग
umaṅg
umaṅg[n.f.;sg.]
zealआता है
ātā hai
ānā[pres.sg.m.23]
come[pres.sg.m.23],
,
,
, उत्साह
utsāh
utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
enthusiasmआता है
ātā hai
ānā[pres.sg.m.23]
come[pres.sg.m.23].
.
.
.
366Seeing one another, they also feel enthusiastic, they have that zeal then.
315भारत
bhārat
bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Bharatमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooमाइक
mike
mike
mikeचाहिए
chāhiē
chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon]
(should|x[imp.pl.2hon]),
,
,
, तो
tō
tō
thenविदेश
vidēśh
vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
abroadमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooचाहिए
chāhiē
chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon]
(should|x[imp.pl.2hon]).
.
.
.
367"Mikes" are needed in Bharat and also abroad.
316तैयार
taiyār
taiyār[adj.]
xहो रहे हैं
hō rahē haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]ना
nā
nā
∅ ?
?
?
?
368They are being prepared, are they not?
317लेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butअभी
abhī
ab[adv.hī]
nowछिपे
chhipē
chhipnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chhipnā[opt.sg.23]
(secretly[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|secretly[opt.sg.23])हुए हैं
huē haĩ
hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]
be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3],
,
,
, पर्दे
pardē
pardā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
curtainsके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)अन्दर
andar
andar
insideहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3],
,
,
, अभी
abhī
ab[adv.hī]
nowबाहर
bāhar
bāhar
outsideलाओ
lāō
lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
369However, they are still hidden away behind the curtains. 370Now bring them out.
318बाहर
bāhar
bāhar
outsideलाना है
lānā hai
lānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]
x[pres.sg.23.oblig1]ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
! 319बहुत
bahut
bahut
veryअच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achcha.
.
.
.
371You have to bring them out, do you not?
320माताओं
mātāō̃
mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.]
motherका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofझुण्ड
jhuṇḍ
jhuṇḍ[n.m.;sg.,d.]
swarmतो
tō
tō
thenबहुत
bahut
bahut
veryबड़ा
baṛā
baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
veryहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
372Very good. 373The group of mothers is very big.
321अगर
agar
agar
ifउठायेंगे
uṭhāyēṅgē
uṭhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
uplift[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तो
tō
tō
thenसारा
sārā
sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
the wholeहाल
hāl|hall
hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall
(x|hall)छिप जायेगा
chhip jāyēgā
chhipnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]
secretly[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā].
.
.
.
374If Baba were to ask them to stand up, the whole hall would be hidden.
322माताओं
mātāō̃
mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.]
motherको
kō
kō[postp.]
toदेखकर
dēkhkar
dēkhnā[abs.]
see[abs.]बापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaखुश
khuśh
khuśh[adj.]
happyहोते हैं
hōtē haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.m.12hon3].
.
.
.
375BapDada is pleased to see the mothers.
323क्यों
kyō̃
kyō̃
whyखुश
khuśh
khuśh[adj.]
happyहोते हैं
hōtē haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
376Why is He pleased?
324क्योंकि
kyōṅki
kyōṅki
becauseसंगम
saṅgam
saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.]
confluenceमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inमाताओं
mātāō̃
mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.]
motherको
kō
kō[postp.]
toही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyबापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)द्वारा
dvārā
dvārā
throughचांस
chance
chance
chanceमिलता है
miltā hai
milnā[pres.sg.m.23]
receive[pres.sg.m.23].
.
.
.
377Because it is only at the confluence age that the mothers are given a chance through BapDada.
325द्वापर
dvāpar
dvāpar
copper age,
,
,
, कलियुग
kaliyug
kaliyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]
iron ageमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notमिला
milā
milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
(x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]),
,
,
, अभी
abhī
ab[adv.hī]
nowमिल रहा है
mil rahā hai
milnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23]
receive[pres.sg.m.prog.23].
.
.
.
378You didn't have a chance in the copper and iron ages.
326चाहे
chāhē
chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23]
(x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])महात्माओं
mahātmāō̃
mahātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.]
great soulमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooअभी
abhī
ab[adv.hī]
nowदिन
din
din[n.m.;sg.,d.]
dayप्रतिदिन
pratidin
pratidin
day by dayज्यादा
jyādā
jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
moreचांस
chance
chance
chanceमिल रहा है
mil rahā hai
milnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23]
receive[pres.sg.m.prog.23].
.
.
. 327गवर्मेन्ट
government
government
governmentमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooअभी
abhī
ab[adv.hī]
nowमाताओं
mātāō̃
mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.]
motherको
kō
kō[postp.]
toसेवा
sēvā
sēvā[n.f.;sg.]
serviceकरने
karnē
karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
do[inf.m.pl.,o.]का
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofचांस
chance
chance
chanceमिल रहा है
mil rahā hai
milnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23]
receive[pres.sg.m.prog.23].
.
.
.
379Now the mothers are receiving a chance. 380Even amongst great souls (Mahatmas) now day by day there is a greater chance. 381Even in government the mothers have a chance to do service.
328बापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaसदा
sadā
sadā
constantlyकहते हैं
kahtē haĩ
kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatयह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisमातायें
mātāyē̃
mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.]
motherजिस
jis
jō[pn.sg.o.]
thatभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooसेन्टर
centre
centre
centreपर
par
par[postp.]|par[adj.]
(at|other)होंगी
hōṅgī
hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3]
be[fut.f.pl.12hon3]ना
nā
nā
∅वह
vah
vah[pn.sg.d.]
thatसेन्टर
centre
centre
centreसदा
sadā
sadā
constantlyफलीभूत
phalībhūt
phalībhūt[adj.]
fruitfulहोगा
hōgā
hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]
be[fut.m.sg.23].
.
.
.
382BapDada always says: Whichever centres mothers go to, that centre will always be fruitful.
329चाहे
chāhē
chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23]
(x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])कमायें
kamāyē̃
x
xनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notलेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butदिल
dil
dil[n.m.;sg.,d.]
heartबड़ी
baṛī
baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]
veryहोती है
hōtī hai
hōnā[pres.sg.f.23]
be[pres.sg.f.23],
,
,
, भावना
bhāvnā
bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.]
feelingबड़ी
baṛī
baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]
veryहोती है
hōtī hai
hōnā[pres.sg.f.23]
be[pres.sg.f.23].
.
.
.
383Even if they are not earning, they have a big heart. 384They have deep loving feelings.
330तो
tō
tō
thenबाप
bāp
bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
fatherभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooभावना
bhāvnā
bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.]
feelingऔर
aur
aur
andसच्ची
sachchī
sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]
trueदिल
dil
dil[n.m.;sg.,d.]
heartको
kō
kō[postp.]
toपसन्द
pasand
pasand[n.f.;sg.]
loveकरते हैं
kartē haĩ
karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
do[pres.pl.m.12hon3].
.
.
.
385The Father also likes their deep love and their honest heart.
331हर
har|her
har|harnā[root]|her
(x|x[root])ग्रुप
group
group
groupमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inदेखा है
dēkhā hai
dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]
see[pres-perf.sg.m.23]मातायें
mātāyē̃
mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.]
motherज्यादा
jyādā
jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
moreही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyहोती हैं
hōtī haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.f.12hon3].
.
.
.
386Baba has seen that in every group the greatest number is of the mothers.
332तो
tō
tō
thenमातायें
mātāyē̃
mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.]
motherअभी
abhī
ab[adv.hī]
nowहमजिन्स
hamjins
hamjins[adj.]
xको
kō
kō[postp.]
toऔर
aur
aur
andजगाओ
jagāō
jagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
awaken[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
387Therefore, mothers, you now have to awaken your equals.
333आप
āp
āp[pn.pl.]
youलाओ
lāō
lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]हाल
hāl|hall
hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall
(x|hall)आपेही
āpēhī
āpēhī
automaticallyबड़ा
baṛā
baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
veryहो जायेगा
hō jāyēgā
hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]
be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā].
.
.
.
388Just bring them and the hall will become big enough by itself.
334यह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notसोचो
sōchō
sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]हाल
hāl|hall
hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall
(x|hall)अभी
abhī
ab[adv.hī]
nowभर गया
bhar gayā
bharnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]
fill[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā],
,
,
, कहाँ
kahā̃
kahā̃
whereबैठेंगे
baiṭhē̃gē
baiṭhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
sit[fut.m.pl.12hon3],
,
,
, लाओ
lāō
lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]तो
tō
tō
thenसब कुछ
sab kuchh
sab kuchh[x]
everythingहो जायेगा
hō jāyēgā
hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]
be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā].
.
.
.
389Don't think that the hall has become full now, so where would they sit? 390Just bring them and everything will happen.
335हो जायेगा
hō jāyēgā
hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]
be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]ना
nā
nā
∅ ?
?
?
?
391It will happen, will it not?
336दादी
dādī
dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
Dadiयह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisतो
tō
tō
thenनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notसोचती
sōchtī
sōchnā[pres-part.f.]
think[pres-part.f.]कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatक्या
kyā
kyā
whatकरेंगे
karē̃gē
karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
392Dadi doesn't think about what would happen then.
337कम से कम
kam sē kam
kam sē kam[x]
at least9
9
9
9लाख
lākh
lākh[x]
100,000बैठ सकें
baiṭh sakē̃
baiṭhnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+saknā]
sit[opt.pl.12hon3.root+saknā],
,
,
, इतनी
itnī
itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]
suchप्रजा
prajā
prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xतो
tō
tō
thenतैयार
taiyār
taiyār[adj.]
xकरेंगे
karē̃gē
karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]या
yā
yā
orनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
not ?
?
?
?
393At least 900,000 should be able to sit. 394That many subjects have to be prepared, do they not?
338कब
kab
kab
whenकरेंगे
karē̃gē
karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
395When will you do this?
339कब
kab
kab
whenकरेंगे
karē̃gē
karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
do[fut.m.pl.12hon3],
,
,
, वह
vah
vah[pn.sg.d.]
thatडेट फिक्स
date fix
date fix[x]
fix a dateकरेंगे
karē̃gē
karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
do[fut.m.pl.12hon3].
.
.
.
396Will you fix a date for this?
3409
9
9
9लाख
lākh
lākh[x]
100,000लायेंगे
lāyēṅgē
lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
x[fut.m.pl.12hon3]पहले
pahlē
pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.]
(x|firstly),
,
,
, पाण्डव
pāṇḍav
pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Pandavaलायेंगे
lāyēṅgē
lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
x[fut.m.pl.12hon3].
.
.
.
397Will you first bring 900,000? 398Will the Pandavas bring them?
341बापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaहाल
hāl|hall
hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall
(x|hall)तैयार
taiyār
taiyār[adj.]
xकर लेंगे
kar lē̃gē
karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā]
do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā]लेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
but9
9
9
9लाख
lākh
lākh[x]
100,000लाओ
lāō
lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
. 342 (
(
(
(एक
ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneएक
ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneलाख
lākh
lākh[x]
100,000हर
har|her
har|harnā[root]|her
(x|x[root])वर्ष
varṣh
varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
yearलायेंगे
lāyēṅgē
lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
x[fut.m.pl.12hon3])
)
)
) ऐसा
aisā
aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
suchनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
not.
.
.
.
399BapDada will prepare the hall, but you just bring 900,000. (We will bring 100,000 every year. ) Not like that.
343वह
vah
vah[pn.sg.d.]
thatतो
tō
tō
thenआवें
āvē̃
ānā[opt.pl.12hon3]
come[opt.pl.12hon3],
,
,
, उसकी
uskī
vah[pn.sg.kī]
that[.kī]तो
tō
tō
thenमना
manā
manānā[root]|manā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
(celebrate[root]|x)है
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]ही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
not.
.
.
. 344लेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butआखिर
ākhir
ākhir
at lastस्टेज
stage
stage
stageपर
par
par[postp.]|par[adj.]
(at|other)9
9
9
9लाख
lākh
lākh[x]
100,000तो
tō
tō
thenलायेंगे
lāyēṅgē
lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
x[fut.m.pl.12hon3]या
yā
yā
orनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
not ?
?
?
?
400They can come, they are not told not to come, but will you eventually bring 900,000 onto the stage, or not?
345नहीं तो
nahī̃ tō
nahī̃ tō[x]
otherwiseराज्य
rājya
rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.]
kingdomकिस
kis
kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.]
(what|who)पर
par
par[postp.]|par[adj.]
(at|other)करेंगे
karē̃gē
karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
401If not, then over whom will you rule?
346आपके
āpkē
āp[pn.pl.kē]
you[.kē]पहले
pahlē
pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.]
(x|firstly)जन्म
janm
janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root]
(life|be born[root])में
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
in9
9
9
9लाख
lākh
lākh[x]
100,000भी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooप्रजा
prajā
prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xया
yā
yā
orरॉयल फैमिली
royal family
royal family[x]
royal familyनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notहोगी
hōgī
hōnā[fut.f.sg.23]
be[fut.f.sg.23]तो
tō
tō
thenकिस
kis
kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.]
(what|who)पर
par
par[postp.]|par[adj.]
(at|other)राज्य करेंगे
rājya karē̃gē
rājya karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
x ?
?
?
?
402If in your first birth there aren't 900,000 subjects and part of the royal family in your kingdom, then, over on whom will you rule?
347मधुबन
madhuban
madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Madhubanवाले
vālē
vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
those whoक्या
kyā
kyā
whatसोचते हैं
sōchtē haĩ
sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
think[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
403What do those from Madhuban think?
3489
9
9
9लाख
lākh
lākh[x]
100,000चाहिए
chāhiē
chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon]
(should|x[imp.pl.2hon])या
yā
yā
orनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
not ?
?
?
?
404Do you want 900,000 or not?
3499
9
9
9लाख
lākh
lākh[x]
100,000चाहिए
chāhiē
chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon]
(should|x[imp.pl.2hon]),
,
,
, मुख्य
mukhya
mukhya[adj.]
mainपाण्डव
pāṇḍav
pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Pandavaक्या
kyā
kyā
whatकहते हैं
kahtē haĩ
kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
405Do you want 900,000? 406What do the main Pandavas think?
350चाहिए
chāhiē
chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon]
(should|x[imp.pl.2hon]),
,
,
, नहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notचाहिए
chāhiē
chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon]
(should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ?
?
?
?
407Do you want them or not?
351हो जायेगा
hō jāyēgā
hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]
be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā].
.
.
.
408It will happen.
352जब
jab
jab
when9
9
9
9लाख
lākh
lākh[x]
100,000आयेंगे
āyēṅgē
ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
come[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तो
tō
tō
thenसाधन
sādhan
sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.]
facilitiesस्वतः
svataḥ
svataḥ
automaticallyजुट जायेगा
juṭ jāyēgā
juṭnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]
x[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā].
.
.
.
409When 900,000 come, all the facilities will also be arranged.
353घबराओ
ghabrāō
ghabrānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
be afraid[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]नहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
not,
,
,
, हाल
hāl|hall
hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall
(x|hall)बनाना पड़ेगा
banānā paṛēgā
banānā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2]
create[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2].
.
.
.
410Don't be afraid that you will have to make a big hall.
354देखो
dēkhō
dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2],
,
,
, भविष्य
bhaviṣhya
bhaviṣhya[adj.]
futureबहुत-बहुत
bahut-bahut
bahut
veryउज्जवल
ujjval
ujjval[adj.]
clean and brightहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
411Look, the future is very, very bright.
355सब
sab
sab[adj.]
allसाधन
sādhan
sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.]
facilitiesमिल जायेंगे
mil jāyēṅgē
milnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]
receive[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā].
.
.
.
412You will receive all the facilities.
356बने
banē
bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23]
(become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23])बनाये
banāyē
banānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]
create[past-part.m.pl.,o.]हाल
hāl|hall
hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall
(x|hall)आपको
āpkō
āp[pn.pl.kō]
you[.kō]मिलेंगे
milē̃gē
milnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
receive[fut.m.pl.12hon3].
.
.
.
413You will receive ready-made halls.
357बनाने
banānē
banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
create[inf.m.pl.,o.]नहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notपड़ेंगे
paṛē̃gē
paṛnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
fall[fut.m.pl.12hon3].
.
.
.
414You won't have to build them.
358सिर्फ
sirph
sirph[adj.]
onlyजो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatइस
is
yah[pn.sg.o.]
thisवर्ष
varṣh
varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
yearका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofस्लोगन
slōgan
slogan
sloganदिया है
diyā hai
dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]
give[pres-perf.sg.m.23]ना
nā
nā
∅-
-
-
-सफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulकरो
karō
karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2],
,
,
, सफलता
saphaltā
saphaltā[n.f.;sg.]
successहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]ही
hī
hī[p.]
only.
.
.
.
415You have been given the slogan for this year: Use everything in a worthwhile way and success is guaranteed.
359अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achcha.
.
.
.
416Achcha.
360पाण्डव
pāṇḍav
pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Pandavaहाथ
hāth
hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.]
handहिलाओ
hilāō
hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
417Pandavas, wave your hands.
361टीचर्स
teachers
teacher
teacher-
-
-
-टीचर्स
teachers
teacher
teacherअभी
abhī
ab[adv.hī]
nowस्वयं
svayã
svayã
xभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooसफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulकरो
karō
karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]और
aur
aur
andसफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulकराओ
karāō
karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
418Teachers: Now, teachers themselves have to use everything in a worthwhile way and also enable others to do this.
362सेवा
sēvā
sēvā[n.f.;sg.]
serviceमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inवृद्धि
vr̥iddhi
vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.]
growthहोना
hōnā
hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.]
be[inf.m.sg.d.]अर्थात्
arthāt
arthāt
that isखज़ानों
khazānō̃
khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.]
treasureको
kō
kō[postp.]
toसफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulकिया
kiyā
karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
do[past-part.m.sg.d.]और
aur
aur
andकराया
karāyā
karānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
make commit[past-part.m.sg.d.].
.
.
.
419For service to grow means you used the treasures in a worthwhile way and also enabled others to do this.
363तो
tō
tō
thenइस
is
yah[pn.sg.o.]
thisवर्ष
varṣh
varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
yearइस
is
yah[pn.sg.o.]
thisस्लोगन
slōgan
slogan
sloganको
kō
kō[postp.]
toप्रैक्टिकल
practical
practical
practicalमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inलाना
lānā
lānā[inf.m.sg.d.]
x[inf.m.sg.d.]तो
tō
tō
thenस्वतः
svataḥ
svataḥ
automaticallyही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyवृद्धि
vr̥iddhi
vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.]
growthहोती जायेगी
hōtī jāyēgī
hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+jānā]
be[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+jānā].
.
.
.
420Therefore, this year, put this slogan into a practical form and there will automatically continue to be growth.
364हिम्मत
himmat
himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
courageदिलाओ
dilāō
dilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
421Give them courage.
365बापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaने
nē
nē[postp.]
∅देखा है
dēkhā hai
dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]
see[pres-perf.sg.m.23],
,
,
, कोई-कोई
kōī-kōī
kōī[pn.;d.]
someस्थान
sthān
sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.]
placeमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inहिम्मत
himmat
himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
courageकम
cum|kam
cum|kam[adj.]
(x|less)दिलाने
dilānē
dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
x[inf.m.pl.,o.]की
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)शक्ति
śhakti
śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
Shaktiहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
422BapDada has seen that some places don't have the power to give that much courage. 423Give them courage.
366हिम्मत
himmat
himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
courageदिलाओ
dilāō
dilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2],
,
,
, हर
har|her
har|harnā[root]|her
(x|x[root])कार्य
kārya
kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.]
taskमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inमन्सा
mansā
mansā
through the mindमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
too,
,
,
, वाचा
vāchā
vāchā
xमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
too,
,
,
, सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क
sambandh-sampark
sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
too,
,
,
, कर्म
karma
karm[n.m.;sg.,d.]
deedमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooहिम्मत
himmat
himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
courageदिलाओ
dilāō
dilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
424Give courage in every task - through your thoughts, through your words, through your connections and relationships and through your actions.
367टीचर्स
teachers
teacher
teacherकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सीट
seat
seat
seatही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]-
-
-
-हिम्मत
himmat
himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
courageमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inरहना
rahnā
rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.]
remain[inf.m.sg.d.]और
aur
aur
andहिम्मत
himmat
himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
courageदिलाना
dilānā
dilānā[inf.m.sg.d.]
x[inf.m.sg.d.].
.
.
.
425The seat of teachers is to maintain courage and to give courage.
368क्यों
kyō̃
kyō̃
why ?
?
?
?
426Why?
369क्योंकि
kyōṅki
kyōṅki
becauseटीचर्स
teachers
teacher
teacherको
kō
kō[postp.]
toजो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatबाप
bāp
bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
fatherकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मुरली
murlī
murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
fluteसुनाने
sunānē
sunānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
speak[inf.m.pl.,o.]का
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofचांस
chance
chance
chanceमिला है
milā hai
milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]
receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23]और
aur
aur
andतख्त
takht
takht[n.m.;sg.,d.]
throneमिला है
milā hai
milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]
receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23],
,
,
, यह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisएकस्ट्रा
extra
extra
extraमदद
madad
madad[n.f.;sg.]
xहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
427Because you teachers have received a chance to read the Father's murli and you have also received the gaddi. 428This is extra help.
370तो
tō
tō
thenहिम्मत
himmat
himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
courageऔर
aur
aur
andउल्हास
ulhās
ullās[n.m.;sg.,d.]
enthusiasmदिलाओ
dilāō
dilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
429Therefore, give courage and enthusiasm.
371सारा
sārā
sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
the wholeक्लास
class
class
classरूहानी
rūhānī
rūhānī[adj.]
spiritualखिला
khilā
khilānā[root]|khilnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
(feed[root]|in bloom[past-part.m.sg.d.])हुआ
huā
hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
be[past-part.m.sg.d.]गुलाब
gulāb
gulāb[n.m.;sg.,d.]
roseदिखाई दे
dikhāī dē
dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23]
be visible.
.
.
.
430The whole class should be visible as spiritual roses in bloom.
372सुना
sunā
sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root]
(listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root])टीचर्स
teachers
teacher
teacherने
nē
nē[postp.]
∅.
.
.
.
431Did the teachers hear this?
373उल्हास
ulhās
ullās[n.m.;sg.,d.]
enthusiasmमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inलाओ
lāō
lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]क्लास
class
class
classको
kō
kō[postp.]
to.
.
.
.
432Bring enthusiasm into the class (students).
374सेवा
sēvā
sēvā[n.f.;sg.]
serviceका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofटर्न
turn
tum
youइन्दौर
Indore
Indore
Indoreजोन
zone
zone
zoneका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]-
-
-
-अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaइन्दौर
Indore
Indore
Indoreका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofग्रुप
group
group
groupउठो
uṭhō
uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
433This time it was Indore's turn to serve: Achcha. 434Indore group, stand up!
375अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]-
-
-
-सेवा
sēvā
sēvā[n.f.;sg.]
serviceके लिए
kē liē
kē liē[x]
forडायमण्ड
diamond
diamond
diamondचांस
chance
chance
chanceमिला है
milā hai
milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]
receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23].
.
.
.
435It is good that you have received a diamond chance to serve.
376एक
ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneकर्मणा
karmaṇā
karmaṇā
xऔर
aur
aur
andदूसरा
dūsrā
dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
otherस्व-उन्नति
sva-unnati
svaunnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
xका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooडायमण्ड
diamond
diamond
diamondचांस
chance
chance
chance.
.
.
.
436One is the diamond chance to serve through actions and the other is the diamond chance for self-progress.
377अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achcha-
-
-
-सभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allने
nē
nē[postp.]
∅हिम्मत
himmat
himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
courageअच्छी
achchhī
achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]
achchaरखी है
rakhī hai
rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23]
keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23].
.
.
.
437All of you have maintained good courage.
378सेवा
sēvā
sēvā[n.f.;sg.]
serviceका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofउमंग
umaṅg
umaṅg[n.f.;sg.]
zealभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooअच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaरहा है
rahā hai
rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]
remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23].
.
.
.
438Enthusiasm for service has also been good.
379सबसे
sabsē
sabsē
the mostबड़े
baṛē
baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
veryग्रुप
group
group
groupको
kō
kō[postp.]
toसम्भाला है
sambhālā hai
sambhālnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]
be careful[pres-perf.sg.m.23].
.
.
.
439You have looked after the biggest group of all.
380तो
tō
tō
thenहिम्मत
himmat
himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
courageके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)रिटर्न
return
return
returnमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inबापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofपदम-पद्मगुणा
padam-padmaguṇā
x
xमुबारक
mubārak
mubārak[n.f.;sg.]
congratulationsहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
440In return for your courage, BapDada is giving you multi-multi-fold congratulations.
381सदा
sadā
sadā
constantlyही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyडायमण्ड
diamond
diamond
diamondबन
ban
ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root]
(x|become[root])सेवा
sēvā
sēvā[n.f.;sg.]
serviceमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inडायमण्ड
diamond
diamond
diamondचांस
chance
chance
chanceलेते
lētē
lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]
take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]रहना
rahnā
rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.]
remain[inf.m.sg.d.].
.
.
.
441Always be a diamond and continue to take the diamond chance for service.
382अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
442It is good.
383बहुत
bahut
bahut
veryअच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achcha.
.
.
.
443Very good.
384ज्युरिस्ट
jurist
jurist
juristविंग
wing
wing
wingके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)भाई
bhāī
bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.]
(brother|be liked[past-part.f.])बहनों
bahanō̃
bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.]
xकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मीटिंग
meeting
meeting
meetingहो रही है
hō rahī hai
hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23]
be[pres.sg.f.prog.23]-
-
-
-इन्टरनेशनल
international
international
internationalहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]ना
nā
nā
∅.
.
.
.
444Meetings of brothers and sisters from the Jurists wing have been taking place: This is an international group.
385अगर
agar
agar
ifइतने
itnē
itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
suchवकील
vakīl
vakīl[n.f.;sg.]
lawyerया
yā
yā
orजज
judge
judge
judgeहो गये
hō gayē
hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]
be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā],
,
,
, फिर
phir
phirnā[root]|phir[adv.]
(turn[root]|then)तो
tō
tō
thenगीता का भगवान
gītā kā bhagvān
gītā kā bhagvān[x]
God of the Gitaसिद्ध
siddha
siddh[adj.]
successfulहो जायेगा
hō jāyēgā
hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]
be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā].
.
.
.
445If there are so many of you lawyers and judges, then the God of the Gita should be proved.
386अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
446It is good.
387बहुत
bahut
bahut
veryअच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achcha.
.
.
.
447Very good.
388ऐसा
aisā
aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
suchप्लैन
plan
plan
planबनाओ
banāō
banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]जो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatकोई
kōī
kōī[pn.;d.]
someने
nē
nē[postp.]
∅नहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notकिया हो
kiyā hō
karnā[x]
do[x],
,
,
, वर्ग
varg
varg[n.m.;sg.,d.]
professionतो
tō
tō
thenबहुत
bahut
bahut
veryबने
banē
bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23]
(become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23])हुए है
huē hai
hōnā[x]
be[x]ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
!
448Make a plan for something that no one else has done. 449There are many wings created.
389तो
tō
tō
thenआपका
āpkā
āp[pn.pl.kā]
you[.kā]वर्ग
varg
varg[n.m.;sg.,d.]
professionसबसे
sabsē
sabsē
the mostनम्बरवन
number one
number one
number oneले लेवे
lē lēvē
lēnā[opt.sg.23.root+lēnā]
take[opt.sg.23.root+lēnā].
.
.
.
450So, your wing should claim the number one out of all.
390अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
451It is good.
391ग्रुप
group
group
groupअच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
452This group is good.
392लेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butऐसे
aisē
aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
suchप्लैन
plan
plan
planबनाओ
banāō
banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]जो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatसांप
sāmp
sāmp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
snakeमरे
marē
marnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|marnā[opt.sg.23]
(die[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|die[opt.sg.23])और
aur
aur
andलाठी
lāṭhī
lāṭhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
stickभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notटूटे
ṭūṭē
ṭūṭnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ṭūṭnā[opt.sg.23]
(break[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|break[opt.sg.23]).
.
.
.
453However, now create such a plan that the snake is killed without the stick breaking.
393प्रत्यक्षता
pratyakṣhatā
pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.]
revelationहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]),
,
,
, धमाल
dhamāl
dhamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]),
,
,
, कमाल
kamāl
kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]).
.
.
.
454Let revelation take place. 455Not upheaval but wonders.
394अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]और
aur
aur
andभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooसंगठन
saṅgaṭhan
saṅgaṭhan[x]
gatheringइकट्ठा
ikaṭṭhā
ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
togetherकरो
karō
karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
456It is good. 457Now get together even more gatherings.
395 (
(
(
(प्लान
plan
plan
planबनाया है
banāyā hai
banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]
create[pres-perf.sg.m.23])
)
)
) मुबारक
mubārak
mubārak[n.f.;sg.]
congratulationsहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]).
.
.
.
458(We have made a plan.) 459Congratulations.
396अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achcha.
.
.
.
460Achcha.
397कल्चरल
cultural
cultural
xग्रुप
group
group
group-
-
-
-नाचना
nāchnā
nāchnā[inf.m.sg.d.]
dance[inf.m.sg.d.]गाना
gānā
gānā[inf.m.sg.d.]
sing[inf.m.sg.d.]तो
tō
tō
thenसभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allको
kō
kō[postp.]
toआता है
ātā hai
ānā[pres.sg.m.23]
come[pres.sg.m.23],
,
,
, बाप
bāp
bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
fatherके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)गुणों
guṇō̃
guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.]
virtueका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofगीत
gīt
gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xगाना
gānā
gānā[inf.m.sg.d.]
sing[inf.m.sg.d.]भी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooआता है
ātā hai
ānā[pres.sg.m.23]
come[pres.sg.m.23]और
aur
aur
andखुशी
khuśhī
khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
happinessमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inनाचना
nāchnā
nāchnā[inf.m.sg.d.]
dance[inf.m.sg.d.]भी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooआता है
ātā hai
ānā[pres.sg.m.23]
come[pres.sg.m.23].
.
.
.
461Cultural group: Everyone knows how to sing and dance. 462They know how to sing the Father's songs of praise and also to dance in happiness.
398अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
463It is good.
399कल्चर
culture
culture
cultureद्वारा
dvārā
dvārā
throughभारत
bhārat
bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Bharatका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofकैरेक्टर
character
character[n.m.;sg.,d.]
characterप्रसिद्ध
prasiddh
prasiddh[adj.]
xकरो
karō
karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
464Now reveal the character of Bharat through the culture.
400हो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])कल्चर
culture
culture
cultureलेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butकैरेक्टर
character
character[n.m.;sg.,d.]
characterसिद्ध
siddha
siddh[adj.]
successfulहो जाए
hō jāē
hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā]
be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā]कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatश्रेष्ठ
śhrēṣhṭh
śhrēṣhṭha[adj.]
elevatedकैरेक्टर
character
character[n.m.;sg.,d.]
characterक्या
kyā
kyā
whatहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23] !
!
!
!
465Let it be the culture and, through that, let the elevated character be revealed.
401अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]वर्ग
varg
varg[n.m.;sg.,d.]
professionजबसे
jabsē
jabsē
Since the time thatबने हैं
banē haĩ
bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]
become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3],
,
,
, अलग-अलग
alag-alag
alag[adj.]
separateसेवा
sēvā
sēvā[n.f.;sg.]
serviceतो
tō
tō
thenकर रहे हैं
kar rahē haĩ
karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]
do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3].
.
.
.
466It is good that since the different wings have been created you are all doing different forms of service.
402कमाल
kamāl
kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xकरके
karkē
karnā[abs.]
do[abs.]दिखाना
dikhānā
dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.]
x[inf.m.sg.d.].
.
.
.
467Now show wonders.
403सब
sab
sab[adj.]
allकमाल
kamāl
kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xकरने
karnē
karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले
vālē
vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
those whoहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3]ना
nā
nā
∅ ?
?
?
? 404कमाल
kamāl
kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xकरना है
karnā hai
karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]
do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]ना
nā
nā
∅ !
!
!
!
468All of you are those who perform wonders, are you not?
405हर
har|her
har|harnā[root]|her
(x|x[root])वर्ग
varg
varg[n.m.;sg.,d.]
professionको
kō
kō[postp.]
toअभी
abhī
ab[adv.hī]
nowनया-नया
nayā-nayā
nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
newप्लैन
plan
plan
planबनाना चाहिए
banānā chāhiē
banānā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|banānā[.oblig3]
(create[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|create[.oblig3]).
.
.
.
469You are going to perform wonders, are you not? 470Now every wing should create new plans.
406यह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisवर्ग
varg
varg[n.m.;sg.,d.]
professionबनके
bankē
bannā[abs.]
become[abs.]कितना
kitnā
kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
soसाल
sāl
sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]
yearहो गये हैं
hō gayē haĩ
hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]
be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ?
?
?
?
471How many years has it been since these wings were created?
407 (
(
(
(20
20
20
20साल
sāl
sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]
year)
)
)
) बापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaने
nē
nē[postp.]
∅सभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allवर्ग
varg
varg[n.m.;sg.,d.]
professionवालों
vālō̃
vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.]
those whoको
kō
kō[postp.]
toकहा था
kahā thā
kahnā[past-perf.m.sg.]
say[past-perf.m.sg.],
,
,
, याद
yād
yād[n.f.;sg.]
remembranceहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatअपने-अपने
apnē-apnē
apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
one’s ownवर्ग
varg
varg[n.m.;sg.,d.]
professionका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofविशेष
viśhēṣh
viśhēṣh[adj.]
specialसेवा
sēvā
sēvā[n.f.;sg.]
serviceमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inमाइक
mike
mike
mikeबने
banē
bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23]
(become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]),
,
,
, या
yā
yā
orवारिस
vāris
vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.]
heirबनें
banē̃
bannā[opt.pl.12hon3]
become[opt.pl.12hon3],
,
,
, ऐसा
aisā
aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
suchसंगठन
saṅgaṭhan
saṅgaṭhan[x]
gatheringतैयार
taiyār
taiyār[adj.]
xकरो
karō
karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
472(20 years.) 473BapDada had told those of all the different wings to do special service to create "mikes" or heirs in their own wing. 474Do you remember this? 475Now prepare such a gathering.
408तो
tō
tō
thenआपके
āpkē
āp[pn.pl.kē]
you[.kē]कल्चरल
cultural
cultural
xमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inकौन
kaun
kaun[pn.;d.]
whoतैयार
taiyār
taiyār[adj.]
xहुआ है
huā hai
hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]
be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
?
?
?
476So, who has been prepared in your cultural wing?
409लाया है
lāyā hai
lānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]
x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
?
?
?
477Have you brought anyone?
410तो
tō
tō
thenबाप
bāp
bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
fatherका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofसन्देश
sandēśh
sandēśh[x]
messageदेने
dēnē
dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
give[inf.m.pl.,o.]के लिए
kē liē
kē liē[x]
forआपकी
āpkī
āp[pn.pl.kī]
you[.kī]तरफ
taraph
taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.]
direction (
(
(
(बाम्बे
bāmbē
bāmbē
Bombayके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)प्रसिद्ध
prasiddh
prasiddh[adj.]
xएक्टर
actor
actor
actorपरिक्षित
parikṣit
x
xसहानी
sahānī
x
xपरिवार
parivār
parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.]
familyबापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)सामने
sāmnē
sāmnē
xखड़ा
khaṛā
khaṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
standingहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23])
)
)
) सब
sab
sab[adj.]
allअंगुली
aṅgulī
aṅgulī, uṅglī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
fingerकर रहे हैं
kar rahē haĩ
karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]
do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3].
.
.
.
478Everyone is pointing their finger at you to give the Father's introduction. 479(A well-known actor from Bombay - Parikshit Sahni and his family are standing in front of BapDada.)
411अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achchaहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
. 412प्लैन
plan
plan
planबनायेगा
banāyēgā
banānā[fut.m.sg.23]
create[fut.m.sg.23].
.
.
.
480It is good that you will make plans.
413हिम्मत
himmat
himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
courageआपकी
āpkī
āp[pn.pl.kī]
you[.kī],
,
,
, मदद
madad
madad[n.f.;sg.]
xबाप
bāp
bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
fatherकी है
kī hai
karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23]
do[pres-perf.sg.f.23]ही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23].
.
.
.
481When you have courage, you definitely receive the Father's help.
414अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achcha-
-
-
-एक
ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneसेकण्ड
second
second
secondमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inमन
man
man[n.m.;sg.,d.]
mindकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)ड्रिल
drill
drill
drillयाद
yād
yād[n.f.;sg.]
remembranceहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23] ?
?
?
?
482Achcha. 483Do you remember the one second's drill for the mind?
415हर एक
har ēk
har ēk[x]
each oneसारे
sārē
sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
the wholeदिन
din
din[n.m.;sg.,d.]
dayमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inकितने
kitnē
kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
soबार
bār
bār[n.f.;sg.]
timeयह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisड्रिल
drill
drill
drillकरते हो
kartē hō
karnā[pres.pl.m.2]
do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
?
?
?
484How many times do each of you perform this drill throughout the day?
416यह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisनोट
note
note
noteकरो
karō
karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
485Note this down.
417यह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisमन
man
man[n.m.;sg.,d.]
mindकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)ड्रिल
drill
drill
drillजितना
jitnā
jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
the moreबार
bār
bār[n.f.;sg.]
timeकरेंगे
karē̃gē
karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]उतना
utnā
utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
xही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyसहज
sahaj
sahaj[adj.]
easyयोगी
yōgī
yōgī[x]
yogi,
,
,
, सरल
saral
saral[adj.]
easyयोगी
yōgī
yōgī[x]
yogiबनेंगे
banē̃gē
bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
become[fut.m.pl.12hon3].
.
.
.
486The more times you perform this drill, the more you will become an easy yogi and a natural yogi.
418एक तरफ
ēk taraph
ēk taraph[x]
xमन्सा
mansā
mansā
through the mindसेवा
sēvā
sēvā[n.f.;sg.]
serviceदूसरे तरफ
dūsrē taraph
dūsrē taraph[x]
xमन्सा
mansā
mansā
through the mindएक्सरसाइज
exercise
exercise
exercise.
.
.
.
487On one side, do service through the mind and on the other side, exercise the mind.
419अभी-अभी
abhī-abhī
ab[adv.hī]
nowनिराकारी
nirākārī
nirākār[adj.]
incorporeal,
,
,
, अभी-अभी
abhī-abhī
ab[adv.hī]
nowफरिश्ता
phariśhtā
phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
angel.
.
.
. 420ब्रह्मा
brahmā
brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Brahmaबाप
bāp
bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
fatherआप
āp
āp[pn.pl.]
youफरिश्तों
phariśhtō̃
phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.]
angelका
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofआह्वाहन
āhvāhan
x
xकर रहे हैं
kar rahē haĩ
karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]
do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3].
.
.
.
488One moment become incorporeal and the next moment become angelic. 489Father Brahma is invoking you angels.
421फरिश्ता
phariśhtā
phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
angelबनके
bankē
bannā[abs.]
become[abs.]ब्रह्मा
brahmā
brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Brahmaबाप
bāp
bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
fatherके साथ
kē sāth
kē sāth[x]
withअपने
apnē
apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
one’s ownघर
ghar
ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.]
homeनिराकार
nirākār
nirākār[adj.]
incorporealरूप
rūp
rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Rupमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inचलना
chalnā
chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.]
continue[inf.m.sg.d.].
.
.
.
490After becoming angels, you have to go to your home with Father Brahma in the incorporeal form.
422फिर
phir
phirnā[root]|phir[adv.]
(turn[root]|then)देवता बन
dēvtā ban
dēvtā bannā[root]
become deityजाना
jānā
jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.]
(know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]).
.
.
.
491Then you have to become deities.
423अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achcha-
-
-
-
492Achcha.
424चारों तरफ
chārō̃ taraph
chārō̃ taraph[x]
everywhereसे
sē
sē[postp.]
fromबहुत-बहुत
bahut-bahut
bahut
veryयादप्यार
yādpyār
yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.]
love, remembranceचाहे
chāhē
chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23]
(x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])कार्ड
card
card
cardके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)रूप
rūp
rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Rupमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
in,
,
,
, चाहे
chāhē
chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23]
(x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])पत्रों
patrō̃
patra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.]
xके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)रूप
rūp
rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Rupमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inबापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaके पास
kē pās
kē pās[x]
toपहुंच गये हैं
pahuñch gayē haĩ
pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]
reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā].
.
.
.
493BapDada has received lots and lots of love and remembrance from all directions through cards and letters.
425बापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaजानते हैं
jāntē haĩ
jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
know[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatहर
har|her
har|harnā[root]|her
(x|x[root])बच्चा
bachchā
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
childयही
yahī
yahī[pn.;d.]
thisसमझते हैं
samajhtē haĩ
samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3]मेरी
mērī
maĩ[pn.sg.kī]
I[.kī]याद
yād
yād[n.f.;sg.]
remembranceबाबा
bābā
bābā
Babaको
kō
kō[postp.]
toदेना
dēnā
dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.]
give[inf.m.sg.d.],
,
,
, लेकिन
lēkin
lēkin
butमिल गई है
mil gaī hai
milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā]
receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā].
.
.
.
494BapDada knows every child feels that his or her love and remembrance should be given to Baba, but Baba has already received that.
426यादप्यार
yādpyār
yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.]
love, remembranceदेने
dēnē
dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
give[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले
vālē
vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
those whoबहुत
bahut
bahut
veryलाडले
lāḍlē
lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
xबच्चे
bachchē
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
childबापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)सामने
sāmnē
sāmnē
xहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3].
.
.
.
495Very special beloved children are in front of BapDada to give their love and remembrance.
427इसलिए
isliē
isliē
thereforeबापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaकहते हैं
kahtē haĩ
kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]
say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatहर एक
har ēk
har ēk[x]
each oneबच्चा
bachchā
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]
childअपने-अपने
apnē-apnē
apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
one’s ownनाम
nām
nām[n.m.;sg.,d.]
nameसे
sē
sē[postp.]
fromमुबारक
mubārak
mubārak[n.f.;sg.]
congratulationsअौर
aaur
x
xदिल
dil
dil[n.m.;sg.,d.]
heartकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)दुआयें
duāyē̃
duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.]
blessingस्वीकार
svīkār
svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.]
acceptanceकरे
karē
karnā[opt.sg.23]
do[opt.sg.23].
.
.
.
496This is why BapDada says: Each child should accept personally by name congratulations and blessings from the heart of BapDada.
428आप
āp
āp[pn.pl.]
youसभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allको
kō
kō[postp.]
toभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooनव
nav
nav[adj.]
newजीवन
jīvan
jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.]
life,
,
,
, नव
nav
nav[adj.]
newयुग
yug
yug[x]
ageऔर
aur
aur
andनये
nayē
nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
newवर्ष
varṣh
varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
yearकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)बहुत-बहुत
bahut-bahut
bahut
veryपदम-पदम-पदम-पद्मगुणा
padam-padam-padam-padmaguṇā
x
xमुबारक
mubārak
mubārak[n.f.;sg.]
congratulationsऔर
aur
aur
andदिल
dil
dil[n.m.;sg.,d.]
heartकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)दुआयें
duāyē̃
duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.]
blessingहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3],
,
,
, यादप्यार
yādpyār
yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.]
love, remembranceऔर
aur
aur
andनमस्ते
namastē
namastē
x.
.
.
.
497Lots and lots of multi, multi, multi, multi-millionfold congratulations and blessings from the heart to all of you. 498Love, remembrance and namaste.
429दादी
dādī
dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
Dadiजी
jī
jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x]
(live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji),
,
,
, दादी
dādī
dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
Dadiजानकी
jānkī
jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
xजी
jī
jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x]
(live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji)से
sē
sē[postp.]
from-
-
-
-आप
āp
āp[pn.pl.]
youदोनों
dōnō̃
dōnō̃
xएक
ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneमत
mat
mat[n.m.;sg.,d.]
directionsहोकरके
hōkarkē
hōnā[abs.]
be[abs.]सारे
sārē
sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
the wholeपरिवार
parivār
parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.]
familyको
kō
kō[postp.]
toचलाने
chalānē
chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
x[inf.m.pl.,o.]के निमित्त
kē nimitt
kē nimitt[x]
xबनी हो
banī hō
bannā[pres-perf.pl.f.2]
become[pres-perf.pl.f.2].
.
.
.
499Speaking to Dadiji and Dadi Jankiji: Both of you have become instruments to move the whole family along with one direction.
430यह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisसभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allआपके
āpkē
āp[pn.pl.kē]
you[.kē]साथी
sāthī
sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.]
companionहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3].
.
.
.
500All of these are your companions.
431सुनाया
sunāyā
sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]
speak[past-part.m.sg.d.]ना
nā
nā
∅-
-
-
-अगर
agar
agar
ifसफल
saphal
saphal[adj.]
successfulकरते जायेंगे
kartē jāyēṅgē
karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā]
do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā]तो
tō
tō
thenमायाजीत
māyājīt
māyājīt[adj.]
xबन
ban
ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root]
(x|become[root])ही
hī
hī[p.]
onlyजायेंगे
jāyēṅgē
jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
go[fut.m.pl.12hon3].
.
.
.
501You were told that if you continue to use everything in a worthwhile way, you will become a conqueror of Maya.
432दादियां
dādiyā̃
dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.]
Dadiकहती हैं
kahtī haĩ
kahnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3]
say[pres.pl.f.12hon3]कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatइस
is
yah[pn.sg.o.]
thisसाल
sāl
sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]
yearमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inसभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allएकमत
ēkmat
ēkmat[adj.]
one directionहो जाएं
hō jāē̃
hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]
be[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā].
.
.
.
502Dadis are saying that this year everyone should become united with one direction this year.
433जिसको
jiskō
jō[pn.sg.kō]
that[.kō]भी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooदेखो
dēkhō
dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]एक
ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3].
.
.
.
503Whomsoever you see, see them as one.
434जैसे
jaisē
jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
likeदादियों
dādiyō̃
dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.]
Dadiके लिए
kē liē
kē liē[x]
forकहते हो
kahtē hō
kahnā[pres.pl.m.2]
say[pres.pl.m.2]एक
ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3],
,
,
, ऐसे
aisē
aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
suchआप
āp
āp[pn.pl.]
youदीदियां
dīdiyā̃
dīdī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.]
didi,
,
,
, दादे
dādē
dādā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]
Dadaसब
sab
sab[adj.]
allएकमत
ēkmat
ēkmat[adj.]
one direction.
.
.
.
504Just as it is said for the Dadis that they are one, in the same way, all of you Didis and Dadas should also become united in one direction.
435इसका
iskā
yah[pn.sg.kā]
this[.kā]स्लोगन
slōgan
slogan
sloganहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]अभी-अभी
abhī-abhī
ab[adv.hī]
nowबालक
bālak
bālak[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xबनो
banō
bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2],
,
,
, अभी-अभी
abhī-abhī
ab[adv.hī]
nowमालिक
mālik
mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.]
masterबनो
banō
bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
505The slogan for this is: One moment become a child and the next become a master.
436बालक
bālak
bālak[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)समय
samay
samay[n.m.;sg.,d.]
timeमालिक
mālik
mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.]
masterनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notबनो
banō
bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2],
,
,
, मालिक
mālik
mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.]
masterके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)समय
samay
samay[n.m.;sg.,d.]
timeबालक
bālak
bālak[n.m.;sg.,d.]
xनहीं
nahī̃
nahī̃[neg]
notबनो
banō
bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2].
.
.
.
506Don't become a master at the time of becoming a child.
437तो
tō
tō
thenदादियों
dādiyō̃
dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.]
Dadiको
kō
kō[postp.]
toयह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisसंकल्प
saṅkalp
saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.]
thoughtउठा है
uṭhā hai
uṭhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]
wake up[pres-perf.sg.m.23],
,
,
, वो
vō
vah[pn.;d.]
thatपूरा
pūrā
pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
fullकौन
kaun
kaun[pn.;d.]
whoकरेगा
karēgā
karnā[fut.m.sg.23]
do[fut.m.sg.23] ?
?
?
?
507Don't become a child at the time of becoming a master. 508So, Dadis have had this thought.
438आप
āp
āp[pn.pl.]
youसभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allकरेंगे
karē̃gē
karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ना
nā
nā
∅ ?
?
?
?
509Who will fulfil it?
439अगर
agar
agar
ifविचारों
vichārō̃
vichār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.]
xमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inफर्क
phark
fark[n.m.;sg.,d.]
differenceहो जाये
hō jāyē
hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]
be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]तो
tō
tō
thenक्या
kyā
kyā
whatकरेंगे
karē̃gē
karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
?
?
?
510Will all of you do this? 511If there is a difference of opinion, what will you do?
440अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achcha.
.
.
.
512Achcha.
441सभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allको
kō
kō[postp.]
toदेख
dēkh
dēkhnā[root]
see[root]बापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaखुश
khuśh
khuśh[adj.]
happyहो रहे हैं
hō rahē haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3].
.
.
.
513BapDada is pleased to see everyone.
442एक
ēk
ēk[adj.]
oneदिन
din
din[n.m.;sg.,d.]
dayआयेगा
āyēgā
ānā[fut.m.sg.23]
come[fut.m.sg.23],
,
,
, बहुत
bahut
bahut
veryजल्दी
jaldī
jaldī
very quicklyआयेगा
āyēgā
ānā[fut.m.sg.23]
come[fut.m.sg.23]जो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatसब
sab
sab[adj.]
allकहेंगे
kahē̃gē
kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]
say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]कि
ki
ki[conj.]
thatहम
ham
ham[pn.pl.]
weसभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allस्व-परिवर्तन
sva-parivartan
sva-parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.]
self-transformationकरने
karnē
karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले
vālē
vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
those whoशक्ति
śhakti
śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
Shaktiपाण्डव
pāṇḍav
pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.]
Pandavaसेना
sēnā
sēnā[n.f.;sg.]
armyहैं
haĩ
hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]
be[pres.pl.12hon3].
.
.
.
514The day will very soon come when everyone says: All of us Shiv Shakti Pandava Army will bring about self- transformation.
443स्व-परिवर्तन
sva-parivartan
sva-parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.]
self-transformation.
.
.
.
515Self-transformation.
444पुराने
purānē
purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
oldसाल
sāl
sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]
yearको
kō
kō[postp.]
toविदाई
vidāī
vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
farewellदेने
dēnē
dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
give[inf.m.pl.,o.]के
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)साथ-साथ
sāth-sāth
sāth-sāth
xमाया
māyā
māyā[n.f.;sg.]
Mayaको
kō
kō[postp.]
toभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooविदाई
vidāī
vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
farewellदे दो
dē dō
dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā]
give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā].
.
.
.
516Together with bidding farewell to the old year, also bid farewell to Maya.
445वह
vah
vah[pn.sg.d.]
thatभी
bhī
bhī[p.]
tooथक गई है
thak gaī hai
thaknā, phathaknā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā]
become desperate[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā].
.
.
.
517She too is tired.
446विदाई
vidāī
vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
farewellऔर
aur
aur
andबधाई
badhāī
badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
greetingsदोनों
dōnō̃
dōnō̃
xसाथ-साथ
sāth-sāth
sāth-sāth
x.
.
.
.
518Farewell and congratulations, both at the same time.
447नया वर्ष
nayā varṣh
nayā varṣh[x]
New Year2003
2003
2003
2003का
kā
kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
ofशुभारम्भ
śhubhārambh
śhubhārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
auspicious beginning-
-
-
-31
31
31
31दिसम्बर
December
December
December2002
2002
2002
2002,
,
,
, रात्रि
rātri
rātri[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
night12
12
12
12बजे
bajē
bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
(x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|o'clock)के बाद
kē bād
kē bād[x]
afterबापदादा
bāpdādā
bāpdādā
BapDadaने
nē
nē[postp.]
∅सभी
sabhī
sab[adv.hī]
allबच्चों
bachchō̃
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.]
childको
kō
kō[postp.]
toनये
nayē
nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
newवर्ष
varṣh
varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.]
yearकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)बधाई
badhāī
badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
greetingsदी
dī|the
dēnā[past-part.f.]|the
(give[past-part.f.]|the).
.
.
.
519On the auspicious beginning of the New Year, on 31st December 2002 at midnight, BapDada gave all the children greetings for the New Year.
448चारों ओर
chārō̃ ōr
chārō̃ ōr[x]
everywhereके
kē|K
kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K
(of|K)बहुत
bahut
bahut
veryमीठे
mīṭhē
mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
sweet,
,
,
, बहुत
bahut
bahut
veryप्यारे
pyārē
pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
lovingबच्चों
bachchō̃
bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.]
childको
kō
kō[postp.]
toपदम-पदम
padam-padam
padam[n.m.;sg.,d.]
multimillionगुणा
guṇā
guṇā
foldन्यु ईयर
new year
new year[x]
New Yearकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मुबारक
mubārak
mubārak[n.f.;sg.]
congratulationsहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]).
.
.
.
520Multi-multimillionfold greetings and congratulations for the New Year to all the very sweet and very lovely children everywhere.
449यह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisजो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatघड़ी
ghaṛī
ghaṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
momentबीत गई
bīt gaī
bītnā[past-part.f..root+jānā]
pass[past-part.f..root+jānā],
,
,
, यह
yah
yah[pn.sg.d.]
thisहै
hai
hōnā[pres.sg.23]
be[pres.sg.23]विदाई
vidāī
vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
farewellऔर
aur
aur
andबधाई
badhāī
badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
greetingsकी
kī|key
karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key
(do[past-part.f.]|of|key)घड़ी
ghaṛī
ghaṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
moment.
.
.
.
521The moment that has just passed is the moment of farewell and congratulations and greetings.
450एक तरफ
ēk taraph
ēk taraph[x]
xविदाई
vidāī
vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
farewellदेनी है
dēnī hai
dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]
give[pres.sg.23.oblig1],
,
,
, जो
jō
jō[pn.;d.]
thatअपने
apnē
apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]
one’s ownमें
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inसम्पन्न
sampann
sampann[adj.]
fullबनने
bannē
bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
become[inf.m.pl.,o.]में
mē̃
mē̃[postp.]
inकमी
kamī
kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
xअनुभव
anubhav
anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.]
experienceकरते हो
kartē hō
karnā[pres.pl.m.2]
do[pres.pl.m.2],
,
,
, उसको
uskō
vah[pn.sg.kō]
that[.kō]विदाई
vidāī
vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
farewell,
,
,
, सदा
sadā
sadā
constantlyके लिए
kē liē
kē liē[x]
forविदाई
vidāī
vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
farewellदेना
dēnā
dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.]
give[inf.m.sg.d.]और
aur
aur
andआगे
āgē
āgē
previouslyउड़ने
uṛnē
uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]
fly[inf.m.pl.,o.]के लिए
kē liē
kē liē[x]
forबधाई
badhāī
badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
greetings.
.
.
.
522On the one hand, you have to bid farewell: Bid farewell to whatever you feel is missing in your becoming complete and bid farewell to that for all time. 523And, congratulations for flying ahead! 524Congratulations!
451बधाई
badhāī
badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
greetingsहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]),
,
,
, बधाई
badhāī
badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
greetingsहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]),
,
,
, बधाई
badhāī
badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]
greetingsहो
hō
hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]
(be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]).
.
.
.
525Congratulations! 526Congratulations.
452अच्छा
achchhā
achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]
achcha
527Achcha.
453ओम् शान्ति
ōm śhānti
ōm śhānti[x]
Om Shanti.
.
.
.
528* * * O M S H A N T I * * *